Official Software
Get notified when we add a new AcuraTSX Manual

We cover 60 Acura vehicles, were you looking for one of these?

2007 Acura MDX Service Repair Manual PDF
2006-2009 Acura CSX Service Repair Manual PDF
2001-2006--Acura--TL--6 Cylinders 3.2L MFI SOHC--32640001
Acura Rdx Workshop Manual (L4-2.3L Turbo (2008))
Acura Mdx Workshop Manual (V6-3471cc 3.5L (2002))
Acura - RDX - Workshop Manual - 2013 - 2013
Acura Rdx Awd Workshop Manual (L4-2.3L Turbo (2010))
Acura Mdx Workshop Manual (V6-3.7L (2007))
Acura - MDX - Workshop Manual - 2008 - 2009
Acura - MDX - Workshop Manual - (2002)
2001-2006--Acura--RL--6 Cylinders 3.5L FI SOHC--32983701
Acura Tl Workshop Manual (V6-3206cc 3.2L SOHC MFI (1998))
Acura Nsx Workshop Manual (V6-3.2L DOHC (VTEC) (1997))
Acura Tl Fwd Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2009))
Acura - TL - Workshop Manual - 2002 - 2008
2001-2006--Acura--RL--6 Cylinders 3.5L MFI SOHC--32884201
Acura Rl Workshop Manual (V6-3.7L (2009))
Acura Rl Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2007))
Acura Nsx-t Workshop Manual (V6-3.0L DOHC (VTEC) (1998))
Acura Nsx Workshop Manual (V6-3.0L DOHC (VTEC) (1998))
Acura Tl Workshop Manual (L5-2451cc 2.5L SOHC G25A4 FI (1995))
Acura - MDX - Parts catalogue - 2016 - 2016
Acura Rl Workshop Manual (V6-3474cc 3.5L (1998))
Acura Tl Awd Workshop Manual (V6-3.7L (2010))
Acura Tl Workshop Manual (V6-3.5L (2007))
Acura Nsx Workshop Manual (V6-3.0L DOHC (1991))
Acura - MDX - Sales Brochure - 2010 - 2010
Acura Tl Workshop Manual (V6-3.2L (2004))
Cars & Automotive Accessories - Acura - Acura MDX 2003
1991 Honda Acura NSX Service Repair Manual PDF
Cars & Automotive Accessories - Acura - Acura MDX 2004
Acura Nsx Workshop Manual (V6-3.2L DOHC (2001))
Acura - Auto - acura-rdx-2015-guide-du-proprietaire-57506
Acura - MDX - Owners Manual - 2013 - 2013
2001-2006--Acura--NSX--6 Cylinders 3.2L MFI DOHC VTEC--32659601
1986-1993--Acura--Vigor--5 Cylinders 2.5L MFI SOHC--31890401
Acura 3.2tl Type S Workshop Manual (V6-3.2L SOHC (2002))
Acura - MDX - Other Document - 2015 - 2015
Cars & Automotive Accessories - Acura - Acura MDX 2006
Acura Tl Workshop Manual (L5-2451cc 2.5L SOHC MFI (1997))
Acura TL 2004 2006 UA6 Service Repair Manual PDF
Acura - RLX - Wiring Diagram - 1998 - 1998
Acura 3.5rl Workshop Manual (V6-3474cc 3.5L (2001))
Acura - MDX - Owners Manual - 2009 - 2013
Cars & Automotive Accessories - Acura - Acura MDX 2002
Cars & Automotive Accessories - Acura - Acura MDX 2005
Acura - RDX - Sales Brochure - 2018 - 2018
Acura - RDX - Parts catalogue - 2007 - 2009
Acura - RL - Owners Manual - 2009 - 2009
Acura Cl Workshop Manual (L4-2254cc 2.3L SOHC (VTEC) MFI (1998))
Acura - TL - Workshop Manual - 2008 - 2008
1986-1993--Acura--NSX--6 Cylinders 3.0L MFI DOHC--31890301
2001-2006--Acura--CL--6 Cylinders 3.2L MFI SOHC VTEC--32602001
2001-2006--Acura--NSX--6 Cylinders 3.2L MFI DOHC VTEC--32751601
Acura - RDX - Other Document - 2015 - 2015
Acura - RDX - Sales Brochure - 2013 - 2013
Cars & Automotive Accessories - Acura - Acura MDX 2001
Acura - TL - Owners Manual - 2009 - 2014
1994-2000--Acura--TL--5 Cylinders 2.5L MFI SOHC--32379601
Cars & Automotive Accessories - Acura - Acura MDX 2008
Summary of Content
14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 0 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Contents QRG 2014 TSX Online Reference Owner's Manual 2 Safe Driving P. 21 This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold. 2 Instrument Panel P. 63 This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your particular model. Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover) represent features and equipment that are available on some, but not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these features. For Safe Driving P. 22 Indicators P. 64 Seat Belts P. 26 Airbags P. 33 Gauges and Multi-Information Display P. 75 2 Controls P. 87 Setting the Clock P. 88 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 89 Opening and Closing the Moonroof P. 104 Adjusting the Seats P. 117 2 Features P. 139 Audio System P. 140 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver P. 167 Audio System Basic Operation P. 143 This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and Canada. 2 Driving P. 183 The information and specifications included in this publication were in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd. reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obligation. Navigation Key QRG Quick Reference Guide TOC Chapter Table of Contents Index Index Index Book Table of Contents 00X31-TL1-6500 © 2013 American Honda Motor Co., Inc. - All Rights Reserved Before Driving P. 184 Refueling P. 217 Towing a Trailer P. 189 Fuel Economy P. 220 2 Maintenance P. 223 Before Performing Maintenance P. 224 Maintenance MinderTM P. 227 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 259 Climate Control System Maintenance P. 273 2 Handling the Unexpected P. 279 Tools P. 280 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 281 Overheating P. 292 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 294 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 304 2 Information P. 307 Specifications P. 308 Emissions Testing P. 315 Identification Numbers P. 312 Warranty Coverages P. 317 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 1 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Contents 2014 TSX Quick Reference Guide Child Safety P. 48 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 60 Opening and Closing the Trunk P. 96 Security System P. 99 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 105 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 126 Audio Error Messages P. 161 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 169 Braking P. 212 Maintenance Under the Hood P. 231 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 261 Cleaning P. 274 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 249 Battery P. 270 Engine Does Not Start P. 287 Jump Starting P. 288 Fuses P. 298 Emergency Towing P. 303 When You Cannot Open the Trunk P. 305 Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 313 Authorized Manuals P. 319 * Not available on all models Safe Driving P. 21 Instrument Panel P. 63 Controls P. 87 Features P. 139 Driving P. 183 Maintenance P. 223 Handling the Unexpected P. 279 Information P. 307 Index P. 321 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 101 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 115 Climate Control System P. 134 General Information on the Audio System P. 163 Compass * P. 181 When Driving P. 193 Accessories and Modifications P. 221 Reporting Safety Defects P. 314 Client Service Information P. 320 P. 2 Safety Labels P. 61 Parking Your Vehicle P. 216 Remote Transmitter Care P. 272 Shift Lever Does Not Move P. 291 Navigation Key QRG Quick Reference Guide TOC Chapter Table of Contents Index Index Book Table of Contents 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 2 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Quick Reference Guide QRG Visual Index Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX ❙ System Indicators (P64) ❙ Gauges (P75) ❙ Multi-Information Display (P76) ❙ Navigation System *  () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Audio System (P140) ❙ Hazard Warning Button ❙ Climate Control System (P134) ❙ Rear Window Defogger/ Heated Door Mirror Button (P111) ❙ Seat Heater Switches (P133) ❙ Ignition Switch (P105) ❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P114) Index 2 ❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P206) 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 3 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX ❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P106) ❙ Fog Lights (P108) ❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) * (P199) (P200) ❙ Remote Audio Control Buttons (P144) ❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) * (P199) (P200) ❙ Wipers/Washers (P109) ❙ Cruise Control Buttons (P203) ❙ SEL/RESET Button (P76) ❙ (Information) Button (P76) ❙ Horn Index ❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons * () See the Navigation System Manual ❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System Voice Control Buttons (P169) * Not available on all models 3 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 4 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX ❙ Driving Position Memory System Buttons * (P112) ❙ Door Mirror Controls (P115) ❙ Rearview Mirror (P115) ❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P36) ❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag (P36) ❙ Parking Brake (P212) ❙ Glove Box (P127) ❙ Passenger Side Fuse Box (P299) ❙ Accessory Power Socket (P130) Index ❙ Driver Side Fuse Box (P298) ❙ Hood Release Handle (P 233) ❙ Driver’s Pocket ❙ Trunk Release (P96) ❙ Power Door Lock Master Switch ❙ Shift Lever Automatic Transmission (P196) Manual Transmission (P201) (Unlocking Fuel Fill Door) (P94) ❙ Power Window Switches (P101) 4 * Not available on all models 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 5 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 QRG Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX ❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P55) ❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P43) ❙ Coat Hook (P131) ❙ Grab Handle ❙ Seat Belts (P26) ❙ Sunglasses Holder (P132) ❙ HomeLink® Button (P167) ❙ Moonroof Switch (P104) ❙ Map Lights (P126) ❙ Sun Visors ❙ Vanity Mirrors ❙ Auxiliary Input Jack (P142) ❙ USB Adapter Cable (P141) ❙ Accessory Power Socket (P130) ❙ Center Pocket * Index ❙ Rear Seat (P124) ❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P53) ❙ Ceiling Light (P126) ❙ Front Seat (P117) ❙ Side Airbags (P40) * Not available on all models 5 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 6 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Visual Index Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX ❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P231) ❙ Windshield Wipers (P109) (P259) ❙ Door Mirrors (P115) ❙ Side Turn Signal Lights (P106) (P255) ❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P91) ❙ Headlights (P106) (P249) ❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking/ Side Marker Lights (P106) (P254) ❙ Tires (P261) (P281) ❙ Fog Lights (P108) (P253) ❙ How to Refuel (P218) ❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P258) ❙ Opening/Closing the Trunk (P96) ❙ Trunk Release Switch (P97) ❙ Emergency Trunk Release Lever (P98) ❙ Rearview Camera *  () See the Navigation System Manual Index 6 ❙ Back-Up Lights (P255) ❙ Brake/Taillights (P255) ❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P255) ❙ Rear Side Marker Lights (P255) * Not available on all models 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 7 ページ QRG Safe Driving 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 (P21) Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Airbags (P33) ● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision. Child Safety (P48) ● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat. ● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat. ● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat. Exhaust Gas Hazard (P60) ● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where carbon monoxide gas can accumulate. Seat Belts (P26) ● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well back in the seat. ● Check that your passengers are wearing their seat belts correctly. Index Before Driving Checklist (P25) ● Before driving, check that the front seats, head restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been properly adjusted. Fasten your lap belt as low as possible. * Not available on all models 7 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 8 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Instrument Panel (P63) Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Gauges (P 75) Multi-Information Display (P 76) System Indicators (P 64) Lights Reminders Lights On Indicator High Beam Indicator Low Oil Pressure Indicator Seat Belt Reminder Indicator Fog Light Indicator System Indicators Malfunction Indicator Lamp System Indicators Immobilizer System Indicator Multi-Information Display Temperature Gauge Tachometer Speedometer Fuel Gauge Charging System Indicator U.S. Canada Supplemental Restraint System Indicator Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Indicator Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator U.S. Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Indicators Index Side Airbag Off Indicator Canada VSA® OFF Indicator Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator Door and Trunk Open Indicator Gear Position Indicator * CRUISE MAIN Indicator Shift Lever Position Indicator * Security System Alarm Indicator Low Fuel Indicator CRUISE CONTROL Indicator System Message Indicator 8 * Not available on all models 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 9 ページ QRG Controls 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 (P 87) Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Turn Signals (P106) Turn Signal Control Lever Wipers and Washers Steering Wheel (P114) (P109) ● To adjust, pull the adjustment lever towards you, adjust to the desired position, then lock the lever back in place. Wiper/Washer Control Lever Right Adjustment Ring : Long Delay : Short Delay Left Lights (P106) Light Control Switches Pull towards you to spray washer fluid. MIST OFF INT: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe High Beam Low Beam Flashing Index * Not available on all models 9 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 10 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Unlocking the Front Doors from the Inside Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX (P93) ● Pull either front door inner handle to unlock and open it at the same time. Power Door Mirrors (P115) ● With the ignition switch in ON (w , move the selector switch to L or R. ● Push the appropriate edge of the adjustment switch to adjust the mirror. Selector Switch Power Windows (P101) ● With the ignition switch in ON (w , open and close the power windows. ● If the power window lock button is in the off position, each passenger’s window can be opened and closed with its own switch. ● If the power window lock button is in the on position (indicator on), each passenger’s window switch is disabled. Power Window Lock Button Trunk (P96) Adjustment Switch ● Place the selector switch in the R position to use the reverse tilt door mirror feature. Window Switch Trunk Release Index 10 ● To open the trunk: Press the trunk release. Press the trunk release button on the remote transmitter. With all the doors unlocked, press the trunk release button on the trunk lid. Indicator 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 11 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Climate Control System (P134) QRG Clock (P88) Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX ● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system. ● Press the ON/OFF button to turn the system on or off. ● Press the button to defrost the windshield. Models without navigation system Models with navigation system The climate control system is voice operable. See the Navigation System Manual for complete details. SYNC (Synchronized) Button AUTO Button Driver’s Side Temperature Control Switch ON/OFF Button (Recirculation) Button (Fan Control) Bar (Rear Window Defogger/ Heated Mirror) Button (Windshield Defroster) Button A/C (Air Conditioning) Button Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Switch a Press the CLOCK button until the displayed time begins flashing. b Press Preset (4 (Hour) or (5 (Minute) to set the time. Press Preset (6 (Reset) to set the time to the nearest hour. c Press the CLOCK button again to set the time. Models with navigation system The navigation system receives signals from GPS satellites, updating the clock automatically. MODE Control Button Air flows from floor and windshield defroster vents. Air flows from floor vents. Air flows from floor and dashboard vents, and back of the center console *. Air flows from dashboard vents and back of the center console *. Index * Not available on all models 11 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 12 ページ QRG Features 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Audio Remote Controls (P139) (P144) Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Audio System (P140) Audio Display (XM®) VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob CD Button Button AUX Button AM Button FM Button TITLE Button CD Slot CH Button (CD Eject) Button Preset Buttons SKIP Bar A.SEL (Auto Select) Button SCAN Button Index 12 VOL Button MODE Button For navigation system operation () See Navigation System Manual CATEGORY Bar MENU Button RETURN Button Selector Knob ● VOL (volume) Button Press / to adjust the volume up/ down. ● MODE Button Press to change the audio mode: FM1/ FM2/AM/XM1/XM2/CD/AUX. ● CH (channel) Button Radio:Press to change the preset station. Press and hold to select the next or previous strong station. CD/USB device: Press to skip to the beginning of the next song or return to the beginning of the current song. Press and hold to change a folder. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 13 ページ QRG Driving 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 (P183) Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Manual Transmission (P201) Automatic Transmission (P197) ● Shift to (P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine. Paddle Shifters (P199) ● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual transmission (1st through 5th). This is useful for engine braking. ● Shifting Park Turn off or start the engine. Transmission is locked. Release Button Shift Lever M Indicator Reverse Selected Gear Number Neutral Transmission is not locked. Drive Normal driving. D-paddle shift mode can be used. Shift Down (Paddle Shifter Shift Up (+ Paddle Shifter ● D-paddle shift mode: The transmission will shift back to automatic mode once the system detects that the vehicle is cruising. ● Sequential shift mode: Holds the selected gear, and the M indicator comes on. ● The selected gear position is shown in the instrument panel. S Position Sequential shift mode can be used. Depress the brake pedal and press the release button to move out of (P . Index Press the release button to move the shift lever. Move the shift lever without pressing the release button. 13 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 14 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 VSA® OFF Button (P207) QRG Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX ● The vehicle stability assist (VSA®) system helps stabilize the vehicle during cornering, and helps maintain traction while accelerating on loose or slippery road surfaces. ● VSA® comes on automatically every time you start the engine. ● To turn VSA® on or off, press and hold the button until you hear a beep. Cruise Control (P203) ● Cruise control allows you to maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. ● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE button, then press DECEL/SET once you have achieved the desired speed (above 25 mph or 40 km/h). Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P208) ● The TPMS monitors tire pressure. ● The TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine. Index 14 Refueling (P 217) Fuel recommendation: 4-cylinder models Premium unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 91 or higher recommended 6-cylinder models Premium unleaded gasoline with a pump octane number 91 or higher required Fuel tank capacity: 18.5 US gal (70 L) a Unlock the driver’s door. b Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to make it pop up slightly. c Turn the fuel fill cap slowly to remove the cap. d Place the cap in the holder on the fuel fill door. e After refueling, screw the cap back on until it clicks at least once. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 15 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Maintenance (P 223) Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Under the Hood (P 231) ● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid. Add when necessary. ● Check brake fluid and clutch fluid. ● Check the battery condition monthly. a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the dashboard. b Locate the hood latch lever, pull the lever up, and lift up the hood. Wiper Blades (P259) ● Replace blades if they leave streaks across the windshield. Tires (P261) Lights (P249) ● Inspect tires and wheels regularly. ● Check tire pressures regularly. ● Install snow tires for winter driving. ● Inspect all lights regularly. Index c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked in place. 15 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 16 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Handling the Unexpected Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Flat Tire (P281) Engine Won’t Start (P287) Overheating (P292) ● Park in a safe location and replace the flat tire with the compact spare tire in the trunk. ● If the battery is dead, jump start using a booster battery. ● Park in a safe location. If you do not see steam under the hood, open the hood, and let the engine cool down. Indicators Come On Blown Fuse (P298) Emergency Towing (P303) (P294) ● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical device does not operate. ● Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. ● Identify the indicator and consult the owner’s manual. Index 16 (P 279) 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 17 ページ QRG Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Index 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 What to Do If The ignition switch does not turn from (0 to (q . Why? ● The ignition switch does not turn from (q to (0 and I cannot remove the key. Why? The shift lever should be moved to (P . Why does the brake pedal pulsate slightly when applying the brakes? This can occur when the ABS activates, and does not indicate a problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never pump the brake pedal. The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle. Why? Check if the childproof lock is in the lock position. If so, open the rear door with the outside door handle. To cancel this function, push the lever to the unlock position. Why do the doors lock after I unlocked the doors using a remote transmitter? If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are relocked automatically for security. ● The steering wheel may be locked. Try to turn the steering wheel left and right while turning the ignition key. 17 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 18 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Why does the beeper sound when I open the driver’s door? The beeper sounds when: ● The key is left in the ignition switch. ● The exterior lights are left on. Why does the beeper sound when I start driving? The beeper sounds when: ● Driver and/or front passenger are not wearing their seat belts. ● The parking brake lever is not fully released. Why do I hear a screeching sound when I apply the brake pedal? The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Is it possible to use unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Number (PON) of 87 or higher on this vehicle? If premium unleaded gasoline with a PON of 91 or higher is not available, you can temporarily use gasoline with a PON of 87 or higher. This will result in decreased engine performance, and can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine. 4-cylinder models Unleaded gasoline with a PON of 91 or higher is recommended. 6-cylinder models Index 18 Unleaded gasoline with a PON of 91 or higher is required. The long-term use of a lower PON gasoline can lead to engine damage. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 19 ページ QRG Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX Index 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 California Proposition 65 Warning WARNING: This product contains or emits chemicals known to the state of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. Event Data Recorders The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the vehicle owner. This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle was traveling. These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. Service Diagnostic Recorders This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record information about powertrain performance. The data can be used to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains confidential. California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/ As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded by a NOTICE symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment. 19 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 20 ページ QRG 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Quick Reference Guide - 2014 TSX A Few Words About Safety You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms, including: Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility. ● Safety Labels - on the vehicle. ● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol 3 and one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION. These signal words mean: To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have provided operating procedures and other information on labels and in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that could hurt you or others. Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You must use your own good judgement. 3 DANGER You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions. 3 WARNING You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if you don’t follow instructions. 3 CAUTION You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow instructions. ● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions. ● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving. ● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely. This entire book is filled with important safety information - please read it carefully. Index 20 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 21 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Safe Driving You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual. Index For Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ............. 22 Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 24 Seat Belts About Your Seat Belts........................ 26 Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 29 Seat Belt Inspection............................ 32 Airbags Airbag System Components............... 33 Types of Airbags ................................ 36 Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 36 Side Airbags....................................... 40 Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 43 Airbag System Indicators.................... 44 Airbag Care ....................................... 47 Child Safety Protecting Child Passengers ............... 48 Safety of Infants and Small Children .. 50 Safety of Larger Children ................... 58 Exhaust Gas Hazard Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 60 Safety Labels Label Locations .................................. 61 21 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 22 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 For Safe Driving 2014 TSX QRG TOC The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the most important. Safe Driving Important Safety Precautions ■ Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and wear them properly. ■ Restrain all children Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the belt properly without a booster seat. ■ Be aware of airbag hazards While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and warnings in this manual. Index 22 ■ Don’t drink and drive Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink. So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either. 1Important Safety Precautions Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the driver while driving. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 23 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu For Safe Driving u Important Safety Precautions 2014 TSX QRG ■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely TOC Safe Driving Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash. Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to divert some attention away from driving. ■ Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds. Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted. ■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. Index 23 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 24 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu For Safe Driving u Your Vehicle’s Safety Features QRG 2014 TSX Your Vehicle’s Safety Features 1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features 9 TOC 8 12 9 Safe Driving Your vehicle is equipped with many features that work together to help protect you and your passengers during a crash. 6 10 7 8 10 11 7 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Index 24 Safety Cage Crush Zones Seats and Seat-Backs Head Restraints Collapsible Steering Column Seat Belts Front Airbags Side Airbags Side Curtain Airbags Door Locks Seat Belt Tensioners Occupant Position Detection System (OPDS) Sensor The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and your passengers. Some features do not require any action on your part. These include a strong steel framework that forms a safety cage around the passenger compartment, front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat belts in a sufficient crash. However, you and your passengers cannot take full advantage of these features unless you remain seated in the correct position and always wear your seat belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to injuries if they are not used properly. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 25 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu For Safe Driving u Your Vehicle’s Safety Features 2014 TSX QRG ■ Safety Checklist TOC Safe Driving For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items each time before you drive. • After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors are closed and locked. Locking the doors helps prevent an occupant from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door. 1Safety Checklist If the door and trunk open indicator is on, a door and/or the trunk is not completely closed. Close all doors and the trunk tightly until the indicator goes off. 2 Door and Trunk Open Indicator P. 68 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 93 • Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 117 • Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position. 2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 119 • Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any passengers are properly belted as well. 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 29 • Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height and weight. Index 2 Child Safety P. 48 25 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 26 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Seat Belts QRG TOC Safe Driving Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags. In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including: - frontal impacts - side impacts - rear impacts - rollovers ■ Lap/shoulder seat belts All five seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely while keeping some tension on the belt. During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The rear seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use with child seats. 2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 55 Index 26 2014 TSX About Your Seat Belts 1About Your Seat Belts 3 WARNING Not wearing a seat belt properly increases the chance of serious injury or death in a crash, even though your vehicle has airbags. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts and wear them properly. Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your risk of serious injury. Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories require you to wear seat belts. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 27 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Seat Belts u About Your Seat Belts 2014 TSX QRG ■ Proper use of seat belts TOC 1About Your Seat Belts Follow these guidelines for proper use: Safe Driving • All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely. Then refasten the belt. • Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash. • Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash. ■ Seat Belt Reminder 1Seat Belt Reminder Your vehicle monitors front seat belt use. If the ignition switch is turned to ON (w before the driver’s seat belt is fastened, the beeper will sound and the indicator will blink. If the driver does not fasten the belt before the beeper stops, the indicator will remain on. Index The beeper will also periodically sound and the indicator will blink while driving until the driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts are fastened. Continued The indicator will also come on if a front passenger does not fasten their seat belt within six seconds after the ignition switch is turned to ON (w . When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat, or a child or small adult is riding there, the indicator will not come on. This is because the weight sensors in the seat cannot detect their presence. 27 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 28 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Seat Belts u About Your Seat Belts 2014 TSX QRG ■ Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners TOC Safe Driving Index 28 The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety. The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-tosevere frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to inflate the front airbags. 1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners The seat belt tensioners can only operate once. If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not offer protection in a subsequent crash. During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 29 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Seat Belts u Fastening a Seat Belt QRG TOC 2014 TSX Fastening a Seat Belt After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well back in the seat: 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 117 Safe Driving Pull out slowly. 1. Pull the seat belt out slowly. Correct Seated Posture. 1Fastening a Seat Belt No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat belt or one that does not appear to be working correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working properly may not protect the occupant in a crash. Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible. Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or retractor mechanism. 2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is secure. u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or caught on anything. Latch Plate Buckle Index Continued 29 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 30 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Seat Belts u Fastening a Seat Belt 2014 TSX QRG TOC Safe Driving Lap belt as low as possible 3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as possible across your hips, then pull up on the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic bones take the force of a crash and reduces the chance of internal injuries. 4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to remove any slack, then check that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. This spreads the forces of a crash over the strongest bones in your upper body. ■ Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter occupants. 1. Move the anchor up and down while holding the release button. Push Index 30 2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests across the center of your chest and over your shoulder. 1Fastening a Seat Belt 3 WARNING Improperly positioning the seat belts can cause serious injury or death in a crash. Make sure all seat belts are properly positioned before driving. To release the belt, push the red PRESS button then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted completely. When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is out of the way and will not get caught by closing the door. 1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height one level at a time. After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder anchor position is secure. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 31 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Seat Belts u Fastening a Seat Belt 2014 TSX QRG ■ Advice for Pregnant Women TOC Safe Driving If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. Wear the shoulder belt across the chest avoiding the abdomen. 1Advice for Pregnant Women Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is okay for you to drive. To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front airbag: • When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far back as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. • When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust the seat as far back as possible. Wear the lap part of the belt as low as possible across the hips. Index 31 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 32 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Seat Belts u Seat Belt Inspection QRG Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows: TOC • Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear. Safe Driving • Check that the latches work smoothly and the belts retract easily. u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract. Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper protection and should be replaced as soon as possible. A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after any collision. Index 32 2014 TSX Seat Belt Inspection 1Seat Belt Inspection 3 WARNING Not checking or maintaining seat belts can result in serious injury or death if the seat belts do not work properly when needed. Check your seat belts regularly and have any problem corrected as soon as possible. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 33 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Airbags QRG 2014 TSX Airbag System Components TOC Safe Driving 8 11 12 9 8 7 10 10 8 6 8 13 Index 8 8 Continued 33 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 34 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Airbag System Components 2014 TSX QRG TOC Safe Driving The front, front side, and side curtain airbags are deployed according to the direction and severity of impact. The airbag system includes: a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored in the center of the steering wheel; the front passenger’s airbag is stored in the dashboard. Both are marked SRS AIRBAG . b Two side airbags, one for the driver and one for a front passenger. The airbags are stored in the outer edges of the seatbacks. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. d An electronic control unit that continually monitors and records information about the sensors, the airbag activators, the seat belt tensioners, and driver and front passenger seat belt use when the ignition switch is in ON (w . front seat belt tensioners. The driver’s and front passenger’s seat belts incorporate sensors that detect whether or not they are fastened. side curtain airbags, one for each side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored in the ceiling, above the side windows. The front and rear pillars are marked SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG. Index 34 sensors that can detect a moderate-to-severe front or side collision. i An indicator on the dashboard that alerts you that the front passenger’s front airbag has been turned off. e Automatic fA driver’s seat position sensor. If the seat is too far forward, the airbag will inflate with less force. g Weight c Two h Impact sensors in the front passenger’s seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be turned off if the weight on the seat is 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the weight of an infant or small child). j Sensors that can detect if a child or small statured adult is in the deployment path of the front passenger’s side airbag. k An indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you to a possible problem with your airbag system or seat belt tensioners. l An indicator on the instrument panel that alerts you that the front passenger’s side airbag has been turned off. m Safing Sensor 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 35 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Airbag System Components 2014 TSX QRG ■ Important Facts About Your Airbags TOC Safe Driving Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises, and other minor injuries, and sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing their seat belts properly and sitting correctly. What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as possible. 1Important Facts About Your Airbags Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together, airbags and seat belts provide the best protection. When driving, keep hands and arms out of the deployment path of the front airbag by holding each side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over the airbag cover. Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags deploy. Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag. Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates. Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the airbags inflate. Index 35 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 36 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Types of Airbags QRG Your vehicle is equipped with three types of airbags: TOC • Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats. Safe Driving • Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows. Each is discussed in the following pages. The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary restraint system. ■ Housing Locations The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG. 36 1Types of Airbags The airbags can inflate whenever the ignition switch is in ON (w . • Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs. Front Airbags (SRS) Index 2014 TSX Types of Airbags After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion process of the inflator material and is not harmful. People with respiratory problems may experience some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. 1Front Airbags (SRS) Dual-Stage, Multiple-Threshold Front Airbags (SRS) Your vehicle is equipped with dual-stage, multiplethreshold front airbags (SRS). During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate at different rates, depending on the severity of the crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/ or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to supplement the seat belts to help reduce the likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal crashes. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 37 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Front Airbags (SRS) 2014 TSX QRG ■ Operation TOC Safe Driving Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions. When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate. A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall. ■ How the Front Airbags Work 1How the Front Airbags Work While your seat belt restrains your torso, the front airbag provides supplemental protection for your head and chest. The front airbags deflate immediately so that they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility or the ability to steer or operate other controls. Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags normally inflate within a split second of each other, it is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin, or threshold that determines whether or not the airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental protection offered by the airbag would be minimal. The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them. Index Continued 37 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 38 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Front Airbags (SRS) 2014 TSX QRG ■ When front airbags should not deploy TOC Safe Driving Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash. Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration causes a driver or front passenger to move toward the front of the vehicle. Side airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which can cause the driver or passenger to move toward the side of the vehicle. Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed to deploy in such collisions. Rollovers: Seat belts, and in vehicles equipped with a rollover sensor, side airbags, and side curtain airbags offer the best protection in a rollover. Because front airbags could provide little if any protection, they are not designed to deploy during a rollover. ■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy. Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent. ■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage Index 38 appears severe Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they had deployed. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 39 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Front Airbags (SRS) 2014 TSX QRG ■ Advanced Airbags TOC 1Advanced Airbags Safe Driving Your front airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related injuries to smaller occupants. The driver’s advanced front airbag system includes a seat position sensor. Driver’s Seat Position Sensor If the seat is too far forward, the airbag inflates with less force, regardless of the severity of the impact. The passenger’s advanced front airbag system has weight sensors. Passenger’s Seat Weight Sensors Although we recommend against carrying an infant or small child in front, if the sensors detect the weight of a child (up to about 65 lbs or 29 kg), the system will automatically turn off the passenger’s front airbag. If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position sensor, the SRS indicator will come on and the airbag will inflate with full (normal) force, regardless of the driver’s seating position. For both advanced front airbags to work properly: • Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats. • Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat. • Make sure any objects are positioned properly on the floor. Improperly positioned objects can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors. • All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat belts properly. • Do not place any cover over the passenger side dashboard. Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger's seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag sensors. 2 Floor Mats P. 275 Index 39 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 40 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Side Airbags QRG TOC 2014 TSX Side Airbags The side airbags help protect the upper torso of the driver or a front passenger during a moderate-to-severe side impact. Safe Driving ■ Housing Locations If the impact is on the passenger's side, the airbag may not deploy when there is no passenger in the front passenger seat. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG. Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers without consulting a dealer. Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back covers can prevent your side airbags from properly deploying during a side impact. ■ Operation Side Airbag Index 40 Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags. They can interfere with the proper operation of the airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates. The side airbags are housed in the outside edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-backs. Housing Location When inflated 1Side Airbags When the sensors detect a moderate-tosevere side impact, the control unit signals the side airbag on the impact side to immediately inflate. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 41 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Side Airbags 2014 TSX QRG ■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage TOC Safe Driving Because the airbag system senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough impact to deploy the airbag. ■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears severe It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was towards the far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed. Index Continued 41 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 42 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Side Airbags 2014 TSX QRG ■ Side Airbag Cutoff System TOC Safe Driving To reduce the likelihood that a front passenger may be injured by an inflating side airbag, the passenger side airbag is automatically turned off when: • The height sensors detect a child or short-statured adult is seated in the front passenger seat. 2 Side Airbag Off Indicator P. 46 ■ Side Airbag Off Indicator If the side airbag off indicator comes on, have the passenger sit upright. A few seconds after the passenger is sitting properly, the side airbag will automatically be turned on, and the indicator will go off. If the front passenger is a child, stop when it is safe to do so, and have the child sit properly restrained in a rear seat. 42 Sensors that monitor the passenger’s height. • The position sensor detects that the front passenger is leaning into the deployment path of the side airbag. When the side airbag cutoff system is activated, the side airbag off indicator comes on. Index 1Side Airbag Cutoff System Sensors that monitor the passenger’s position. The sensors that monitor the front passenger’s height and body position may not work if: • The seat-back is wet • The passenger is touching a metal or other electrical conductive object • A seat cushion is on the seat • The passenger is wearing excessively thick clothing 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 43 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Side Curtain Airbags QRG TOC 2014 TSX Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. Safe Driving ■ Housing Locations The side curtain airbags are located in the ceiling above the side windows on both sides of the vehicle. 1Side Curtain Airbags The side curtain airbags are most effective when an occupant is wearing their seat belt properly and sitting upright, well back in their seat. Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation of the side curtain airbags. Side Curtain Airbag Storage ■ Operation The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy in a moderate-to-severe side impact. Deployed Side Curtain Airbag Index ■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision One or both side curtain airbags may inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled frontal collision. In this case, the side curtain airbags will deploy slightly after the front airbags. 43 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 44 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Airbag System Indicators QRG TOC If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a message appears on the multi-information display. Safe Driving ■ SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator ■ When the ignition switch is turned to ON (w The indicator comes on for a few seconds, then goes off. This tells you the system is working properly. If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed. Index 44 2014 TSX Airbag System Indicators 1SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Indicator 3 WARNING Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in serious injury or death if the airbag systems or tensioners do not work properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts you to a possible problem. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 45 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Airbag System Indicators 2014 TSX QRG ■ Passenger Airbag Off Indicator TOC U.S. Canada 1Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ■ When the passenger airbag off Safe Driving indicator comes on The indicator comes on to alert you that the passenger’s front airbag has been turned off. This occurs when the weight sensors detect 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an infant or small child, on the seat. If the indicator comes on with no front passenger and no objects on the passenger’s seat, or with an adult riding there, something may be interfering with the weight sensors, such as: • An object hanging on the seat or in the seat-back pocket. • A child seat or other object pressing against the rear of the seat-back. • A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger’s seat. • The front seat or seat-back is forced back against Infants and small children should always ride properly restrained in a back seat. an object on the seat or floor behind it. • An object placed under the front passenger’s seat. 2 Child Safety P. 48 Objects placed on the seat can also cause the indicator to come on. If none of these conditions exist, have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If the front passenger seat is empty, the passenger’s front airbag will not deploy and the indicator will not come on. The passenger airbag off indicator may come on and goes off repeatedly if the total weight on the seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold. Index Continued 45 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 46 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Airbag System Indicators 2014 TSX QRG ■ Side Airbag Off Indicator TOC U.S. Safe Driving Canada Index 46 1Side Airbag Off Indicator ■ When the side airbag off indicator comes on This indicator comes on if the passenger’s side airbag has been turned off because the passenger is too small to be sitting in the front seat, is slouching or not sitting upright, or has leaned into the airbag’s deployment path. Unless the passenger is a smaller statured adult or a child, the indicator should go off when the passenger returns to a proper upright sitting position. When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , the indicator should come on for a few seconds and then go out. If it doesn’t come on, stays on, or comes on while driving without a passenger in the front seat, have the system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 47 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Airbags u Airbag Care QRG Airbag Care TOC You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle inspected by a dealer in the following situations: 2014 TSX 1Airbag Care Safe Driving We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag system components, including the airbag, tensioners, sensors, and control unit. ■ When the airbags have deployed If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced. Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be replaced. ■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash. ■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer This would likely disable the driver’s seat position sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an Acura dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, Acura Client Relations at 1-800-382-2238 and for Canadian vehicles, Canadian Acura Client Relations at 1-888-9-ACURA-9. Index 47 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 48 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Child Safety QRG Protecting Child Passengers TOC Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle accidents are the number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under. Safe Driving To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride in a vehicle. Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because: • An inflating front or side airbag can injure or kill a child sitting in the front seat. • A child in the front seat is more likely to interfere with the driver’s ability to safely control the vehicle. • Statistics show that children of all sizes and ages are safer when they are properly restrained in a rear seat. Index 48 2014 TSX 1Protecting Child Passengers 3 WARNING Children who are unrestrained or improperly restrained can be seriously injured or killed in a crash. Any child too small for a seat belt should be properly restrained in a child seat. A larger child should be properly restrained with a seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that all children age 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear seat. Some states or provinces/ territories have laws restricting where children may ride. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 49 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Protecting Child Passengers 2014 TSX QRG TOC • Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the lap belt portion of the lap/shoulder belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system. Safe Driving • Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the event of a collision. • Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries. • Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very seriously injured in a crash. • Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments. • Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly. 1Protecting Child Passengers 3 WARNING Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or wrap one around their neck can result in serious injury or death. Instruct children not to play with any seat belt and make sure any unused seat belt a child can reach is buckled, fully retracted, and locked. To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the front visors. Please read and follow the instructions on these labels. 2 Safety Labels P. 61 Index 49 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 50 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Infants and Small Children QRG ■ Protecting Infants TOC 2014 TSX Safety of Infants and Small Children Safe Driving An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the infant reaches the seat maker’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the infant is at least one year old. ■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat Child seats must be placed and secured in a rear seating position. 1Protecting Infants 3 WARNING Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death during a crash. Always place a rear-facing child seat in the rear seat, not the front. Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a forward facing position. Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions before installation. When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back in the desired position. It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag system. 2 Airbags P. 33 Index 50 If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied. Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 51 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Infants and Small Children 2014 TSX QRG ■ Protecting Smaller Children TOC 1Protecting Smaller Children Safe Driving If a child is at least one year old and within the weight range indicated by the child seat manufacturer, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly secured forward-facing child seat. ■ Forward-facing child seat placement We strongly recommend placing a forwardfacing child seat in a rear seating position. 3 WARNING Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can result in serious injury or death if the front airbag inflates. If you must place a forward-facing child seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far back as possible, and properly restrain the child. Educate yourself about the laws and regulations regarding child seat use where you are driving, and follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions. Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A rear seat is the safest place for a child. Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat for a child up to age two years old, if the child’s height and weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat. Index Continued 51 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 52 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Infants and Small Children 2014 TSX QRG ■ Selecting a Child Seat TOC Safe Driving Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren). Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat manufacturer’s use and care instructions as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing your child’s safety. In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security. This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual for proper installation instructions. ■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements: • The child seat is the correct type and size for the child. • The child seat is the correct type for the seating position. • The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. Index 52 1Selecting a Child Seat Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is simple. LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed to simplify the installation process and reduce the likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 53 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Infants and Small Children 2014 TSX QRG ■ Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat TOC Safe Driving A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in either of the two rear outer seats. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors. 1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks. Marks Lower Anchors Rigid Type 2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat then attach the child seat to the lower anchors according to the instructions that came with the child seat. u When installing the child seat, make sure that the lower anchors are not obstructed by the seat belt or any other object. Index Continued 53 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 54 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Infants and Small Children 2014 TSX QRG 1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat For your child’s safety, when using a child seat installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the child seat is properly secured to the vehicle. A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. TOC Safe Driving Flexible Type Tether Strap Hook 3. Open the tether anchor cover behind the head restraint. 4. Release the head restraint, then route the tether strap between the head restraint legs, and secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor. Anchor 5. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. 6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. Index 54 7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 55 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Infants and Small Children 2014 TSX QRG ■ Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt TOC 1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat. Safe Driving 2. Route the seat belt through the child seat according to the seat maker's instructions, and insert the latch plate into the buckle. u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks. 3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all the way out until it stops. This activates the lockable retractor. 4. Let the seat belt completely wind up into the retractor, then try to pull it out to make sure the retractor is locked. u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt out, the lockable retractor is not activated. Pull the seat belt all the way out, and repeat steps 2 – 4. Index 5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack from the lap part of the belt. u When doing this, place your weight on the child seat and push it into the vehicle seat. Continued 55 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 56 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Infants and Small Children 2014 TSX QRG TOC 6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by rocking it forward and back and side to side; little movement should be felt. Safe Driving 7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor is activated, and the belt is fully retracted and locked. Index 56 1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt A child seat that is not properly secured will not adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause injury to the child or other vehicle occupants. To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 57 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Infants and Small Children 2014 TSX QRG ■ Adding Security with a Tether TOC Tether Anchorage Points Safe Driving Anchor Outer Position A tether anchorage point is provided behind each rear seating position. A child seat that is installed with a seat belt and comes with a tether can use the tether for additional security. 1Adding Security with a Tether Since a tether can provide additional security to the lap/shoulder seat belt installation, we recommend using a tether whenever one is available. Cover Tether Strap Hook 1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage point and lift the cover. 2. Raise the head restraint to its highest position, then route the tether strap through the head restraint legs. Make sure the strap is not twisted. Anchor Center Position Tether Strap Hook 3. Secure the tether strap hook onto the anchor. 4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the child seat manufacturer. Index Anchor 57 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 58 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Larger Children QRG ■ Protecting Larger Children TOC Safe Driving The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who must sit in front. ■ Checking Seat Belt Fit When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/ shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the following questions. ■ Checklist • Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over the edge of the seat? • Does the shoulder belt cross between the child’s neck and arm? • Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as possible, touching the child’s thighs? • Will the child be able to stay seated like this for the whole trip? If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat. Index 58 2014 TSX Safety of Larger Children 1Safety of Larger Children 3 WARNING Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in front can result in serious injury or death if the passenger’s front airbag inflates. If a larger child must ride in front, move the vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible, have the child sit up properly and wear the seat belt properly, using a booster seat if needed. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 59 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Child Safety u Safety of Larger Children 2014 TSX QRG ■ Booster Seats TOC 1Booster Seats Safe Driving If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used properly, position the child in a booster seat in a rear seating position. For the child’s safety, check that the child meets the booster seat manufacturer’s recommendations. ■ Protecting Larger Children - Final Checks When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the instructions that came with it, and install the seat accordingly. There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat belt correctly. Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and territories require children to use a booster seat until they reach a given age or weight (e.g. six years or 60 lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or province, or territory where you intend to drive. Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front: • Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information in this manual. • Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible. • Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat. • Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the seat. Index ■ Monitoring child passengers We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up properly. 59 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 60 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Exhaust Gas Hazard QRG Carbon Monoxide Gas TOC The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon monoxide gas will not get into the interior. Safe Driving ■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever • The exhaust system is making an unusual noise. • The exhaust system may have been damaged. • The vehicle is raised for an oil change. When you operate a vehicle with the trunk open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the trunk open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below. 1. Select the fresh air mode. 2. Select the mode. 3. Set the fan speed to high. 4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting. Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked vehicle with the engine running. Index 60 2014 TSX 1Carbon Monoxide Gas 3 WARNING Carbon monoxide gas is toxic. Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and even kill you. Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that expose you to carbon monoxide. An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up with carbon monoxide gas. Do not run the engine with the garage door closed. Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the garage immediately after starting the engine. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 61 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Safety Labels QRG TOC 2014 TSX Label Locations These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels carefully. Safe Driving If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer for a replacement. Sun Visor U.S. models Dashboard U.S. models only Canadian models Doorjambs U.S. models Canadian models Radiator Cap Index 61 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 62 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Index 62 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 63 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Instrument Panel This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving. Indicators ............................................ 64 Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages...................... 72 Gauges and Multi-Information Display Gauges.............................................. 75 Multi-Information Display .................. 76 Index 63 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 64 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Indicators 2014 TSX QRG Indicator Name On/Blinking ● TOC ● U.S. Instrument Panel Canada Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator ● ● ● ● Low Oil Pressure Indicator ● ● Shift Position Indicator * Index 64 * Not available on all models Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. Comes on when the parking brake is applied, and goes off when it is released. Come on when the brake fluid level is low. Comes on if there is a problem with the brake system. The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if you drive with the parking brake not fully released. ● Comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. ● Indicates the current shift lever position. Comes on while driving - Make sure the parking brake is released. Check the brake fluid level. Message U.S. Canada 2 What to do when the indicator comes on while driving P. 296 ● Comes on along with the ABS indicator - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 If the Brake System Indicator Comes On P. 296 Comes on while driving - Immediately stop in a safe place. 2 If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On P. 294 2 Shifting P. 197 — 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 65 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u 2014 TSX QRG Indicator Name On/Blinking ● TOC Instrument Panel Malfunction Indicator Lamp ● ● ● Charging System Indicator ● ● Transmission Indicator * Index * Not available on all models ● Explanation Comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , and goes off either when the engine starts or after several seconds if the engine did not started. If “readiness codes” have not been set, it blinks five times before it goes off. Comes on if there is a problem with the emissions control system. Blinks when a misfire in the engine’s cylinders is detected. ● Readiness codes are part of the on board diagnostics for the emissions control systems. ● Comes on while driving - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe place where there are no flammable objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes or more, and wait for it to cool down. Then, take the vehicle to a dealer. Comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on when the battery is not charging. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. Blinks if the transmission system has a problem. ● Message 2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 315 ● 2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks P. 295 Comes on while driving - Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger in order to reduce electricity consumption. 2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 294 Blinks while driving - Avoid sudden starts and acceleration and have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. Continued 65 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 66 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u 2014 TSX QRG Indicator Name M (sequential shift mode) Indicator/ Gear Position Indicator * TOC ● ● Instrument Panel ● Seat Belt Reminder Indicator ● ● ● Indicator Low Fuel  Indicator ● ● Index 66 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) * Not available on all models ● On/Blinking Explanation Message Comes on when the manual sequential shift mode is applied. Blinks if the transmission system has a problem. 2 Sequential Shift Mode P. 199 — Comes on and the beeper sounds if you are not wearing a seat belt when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w . If the front passenger is not wearing a seat belt, the indicator comes on about a few seconds later. Blinks while driving if either you or the front passenger has not fastened a seat belt. The beeper sounds and the indicator blinks at regular intervals. ● Comes on when the fuel reserve is running low (approximately 2.8 U.S. gal./10.5 Liter left). Blinks if there is a problem with the fuel gauge. ● Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. If it comes on at any other time, there is a problem with the ABS. ● ● The beeper stops and the indicator goes off when you and the front passenger fasten their seat belts. Stays on after you or the front passenger has fastened the seat belt - A detection error may have occurred in the sensor. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 27 ● Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon as possible. Blinks - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. With this indicator on, your vehicle still has normal braking ability but no anti-lock function. 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 214 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 67 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u 2014 TSX QRG Indicator Name On/Blinking ● TOC Instrument Panel Supplemental Restraint System Indicator ● ● Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) System Indicator ● ● ● Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) OFF Indicator ● Explanation Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. Comes on if a problem with any of the following is detected: - Supplemental restraint system - Side airbag system - Side curtain airbag system - Seat belt tensioner ● Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. Blinks when VSA® is active. Comes on if there is a problem with the VSA® system. ● Stays on constantly - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. Comes on when you deactivate VSA®. Message 2 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System P. 206 2 VSA® On and Off P. 207 — Index Continued 67 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 68 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u 2014 TSX QRG Indicator Name On/Blinking ● TOC Instrument Panel Door and Trunk Open Indicator ● ● ● Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator ● ● ● Low Tire Pressure/ TPMS Indicator ● Index 68 Explanation Comes on for a few seconds if you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. Comes on if the trunk or any door is not completely closed. The beeper sounds and the indicator comes on if any door is opened while driving. ● Goes off when all doors and the trunk are closed. Comes on when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , and goes off when the engine starts. Comes on if there is a problem with the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System. ● Stays on constantly or does not come on at all - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w . Comes on if the tire pressure of any of the tires becomes significantly low. Blinks for about one minute, and then stays on if there is a problem with the TPMS, or when a compact spare tire is temporarily installed. ● Comes on while driving - Stop in a safe place, check tire pressures, and inflate the tire(s) if necessary. ● Blinks and remains on - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle is fitted with a compact spare, get your regular tire repaired or replaced and put back on your vehicle as soon as you can. 2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On P. 296 Message 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 69 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u 2014 TSX QRG Indicator Name On/Blinking ● TOC ● ● Instrument Panel System Message Indicator ● ● Turn Signal Indicators ● ● High Beam Indicator Index Comes on along with a beep when a problem is detected. A system message on the multi-information display appears at the same time. Explanation Lights On Indicator ● ● The turn signal indicators blink when you operate the turn signal lever. If you press the hazard warning button, both indicators and all turn signals blink at the same time. ● Does not blink or blinks rapidly - A turn signal light bulb has blown. Change the bulb immediately. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 254 P. 255 Comes on when the high beam headlights are on. Comes on with reduced brightness when Daytime Running Lights (DRL) are on. Comes on whenever the light switch is on, or in AUTO when the exterior lights are on. While the indicator is on, press the (information) button to see the message again. Refer to the Indicator information in this chapter when a system message appears on the multi-information display. Take the appropriate action for the message. The multi-information display does not return to the normal screen unless the warning is canceled, or the button is pressed. — ● If you remove the key from the ignition switch while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened. Message — — — — Continued 69 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 70 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u 2014 TSX QRG Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Fog Light Indicator TOC ● Instrument Panel U.S. ● Canada Side Airbag Off Indicator ● ● Immobilizer System Indicator Index 70 Comes on when the fog lights are on. Comes on for a few seconds when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. Comes on when the passenger side airbag system is automatically shut off. Comes on briefly when you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , then goes off. Comes on if the immobilizer system cannot recognize the key information. ● ● ● ● ● ● Explanation Message — — It does not mean there is a problem with your side airbags. Comes on when nobody is sitting in the passenger seat - Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. Comes on when someone is sitting in the seat - Have the passenger sit properly. Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 , pull the key out, and then insert the key and turn it to ON (w again. Repeatedly blinks - The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it. Electrical problems can occur. U.S. Canada — 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 71 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u 2014 TSX QRG Indicator Name On/Blinking ● Security System Alarm Indicator TOC Blinks when the security system alarm has been set. Explanation Message Instrument Panel 2 Security System Alarm P. 99 — 2 Cruise Control P. 203 — 2 Cruise Control P. 203 — Indicator CRUISE MAIN Indicator ● CRUISE CONTROL Indicator ● Comes on when you press the CRUISE button. Comes on if you have set a speed for cruise control. Index 71 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 72 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages QRG 2014 TSX Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages The following messages appear only on the multi-information display. Press the with the system message indicator on. Message Condition ● TOC (information) button to see the message again Explanation Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets abnormally high. Instrument Panel 2 Overheating P. 292 ● Appears when the fuel fill cap is loose or is not installed. 2 Tighten Fuel Fill Cap Message P. 295 ● Appears if there is a problem with the DRL system. ● Have your vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) P. 108 Canadian models ● Appears when the washer fluid gets low. ● Refill washer fluid. 2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 248 Index 72 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 73 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages 2014 TSX QRG Message Condition ● ● TOC Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due soon. Consequently, SERVICE DUE NOW and SERVICE PAST DUE follow. Instrument Panel ● Appears when you open the driver’s door while the ignition key is in ACCESSORY (q . ● Appears when the ignition key is turned to ACCESSORY (q from ON (w . (The driver’s door is closed.) ● Explanation Appears when you open the driver’s door while the ignition key is in LOCK (0 . 2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the MultiInformation Display P. 228 ● Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 , then remove the key. — ● Remove the key from the ignition switch. Index Continued 73 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 74 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicators u Multi-Information Display Warning and Information Messages 2014 TSX QRG Message 6-cylinder models U.S. TOC Instrument Panel Index 74 Canada Condition ● Appears when the starter system has a problem. Explanation ● As a temporary measure, hold the ignition switch to START (e for up to 15 seconds and start the engine. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 75 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Gauges and Multi-Information Display QRG 2014 TSX Gauges Gauges include the speedometer, tachometer, fuel gauge, and related indicators. They are displayed when the ignition switch is in ON (w . ■ Speedometer TOC Displays your driving speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada). Instrument Panel ■ Fuel Gauge Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank. 1Fuel Gauge NOTICE You should refuel when the reading approaches E . Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter. The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from the fuel gauge reading. ■ Temperature Gauge Displays the temperature of the engine coolant. ■ Tachometer Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute. 1Temperature Gauge NOTICE Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull safely to the side of the road and allow engine temperature to return to normal. 2 Overheating P. 292 Index 75 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 76 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display QRG 2014 TSX Multi-Information Display The multi-information display shows the odometer, trip meter, outside temperature indicator, and other gauges. It also displays important messages such as warnings and other helpful information. TOC ■ Switching the Display Instrument Panel Press the (information) button or the SEL/RESET button to change the display. HFL * Trip Computer Button Engine Oil Life Index 76 SEL/RESET Button * Not available on all models Odometer Trip B Trip A Outside Temperature : Press the button. : Press the SEL/RESET button. Shown when Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® is activated. Tire Pressure for each tire 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 77 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG ■ Odometer Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) that your vehicle has accumulated. TOC ■ Trip Meter 1Trip Meter Instrument Panel Shows the total number of miles (U.S.) or kilometers (Canada) driven since the last reset. Meters A and B can be used to measure 2 separate trips. Switch between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the SEL/RESET button. ■ Resetting a trip meter To reset a trip meter, display it, then press and hold the SEL/RESET button. The trip meter is reset to 0.0. Index Continued 77 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 78 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG ■ Outside Temperature Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit (U.S.) or Celsius (Canada). TOC ■ Adjusting the outside temperature display Instrument Panel Adjust the temperature reading up to ±5°F or ±3°C if the temperature reading seems incorrect. 1Outside Temperature The temperature sensor is in the front bumper. Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can affect the temperature reading when your vehicle speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h). It may take several minutes for the display to be updated after the temperature reading has stabilized. Use the multi-information display’s customized features to correct the temperature. 2 Customized Features P. 80 ■ Instant Fuel Economy Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). ■ Average Fuel Economy Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each trip meter in mpg (U.S.) or l/100 km (Canada). The display is updated at set intervals. When a trip meter is reset, the average fuel economy is also reset. ■ Range Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the fuel remaining. This distance is estimated from the fuel economy of your trips in the past. Index 78 1Average Fuel Economy You can change whether to reset the average fuel economy. 2 Customized Features P. 80 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 79 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG ■ Elapsed Time 1Elapsed Time You can change when to reset the elapsed time. 2 Customized Features P. 80 The elapsed time display shows the time during one drive cycle. TOC ■ Average Speed Instrument Panel The display shows the average speed in mph (U.S.) or km/h (Canada) since the last time Trip A was reset. ■ Engine Oil Life Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance MinderTM. 2 Maintenance MinderTM P. 227 ■ Tire Pressure Monitor Shows each tire’s pressure. 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) P. 208 ■ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Shows your paired cell phone’s information. 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 169 Index Continued 79 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 80 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG ■ Customized Features 1Customized Features Use the multi-information display to customize certain features. TOC ■ How to customize Instrument Panel Press and hold the ON (w . button for a few seconds while the ignition switch is in Multi-Information Display: Goes to customize settings. To customize other features, press the button. 2 List of customizable options P. 82 2 Example for customization settings P. 84 Customization is possible when you see the driver’s ID (DRIVER 1 or DRIVER 2) on the CHG setting screen. The driver’s ID indicates which remote transmitter you have used to unlock the driver’s door. The customized settings are recalled every time you unlock the driver’s door with that remote. When you customize settings: Button: Changes the customize menus and items SEL/RESET button: Enters the selected item Index 80 Automatic transmission models Shift to (P Manual transmission models Set the parking brake 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 81 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG ■ Customization flow Press and hold the button. LANGUAGE SELECTION TOC CHG SETTING SEL/RESET METER SETUP SEL/RESET ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY Instrument Panel TRIP A RESET with REFUEL ELAPSED TIME RESET DEFAULT ALL POSITION SETUP SEL/RESET MEMORY POSITION LINK * INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING TIME EXIT LIGHTING SETUP SEL/RESET HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER AUTO LIGHT SENSITIVITY AUTO DOOR LOCK AUTO DOOR UNLOCK DOOR SETUP SEL/RESET DOOR LOCK MODE KEYLESS LOCK ACKNOWLEDGMENT SECURITY RELOCK TIMER Index SEL/RESET * Not available on all models EXIT Continued 81 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 82 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG ■ List of customizable options Setup Group TOC Instrument Panel METER SETUP POSITION SETUP LIGHTING SETUP Customizable Features Selectable settings LANGUAGE SELECTION Changes the displayed language. ADJUST OUTSIDE TEMP. DISPLAY Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees. TRIP A RESET with REFUEL Sets Trip A and the average fuel economy to reset when you refuel. ON/OFF*1 ELAPSED TIME RESET Changes the resetting conditions of the elapsed time. IGN OFF*1/TRIP A/TRIP B MEMORY POSITION LINK * Changes the driver’s seat position to a stored setting. ON*1/OFF INTERIOR LIGHT DIMMING TIME Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on after you close the doors. 60sec/30sec*1/15sec HEADLIGHT AUTO OFF TIMER Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay on after you close the driver’s door. 60sec/30sec/15sec*1/0sec AUTO LIGHT SENSITIVITY Changes the timing for the headlights to come on. MAX/HIGH/MID*1/LOW/MIN *1: Default Setting Index 82 Description * Not available on all models ENGLISH*1/FRENCH/SPANISH -5°F ~ ±0°F*1 ~ +5°F (U.S.) -3°C ~ ±0°C*1 ~ +3°C (Canada) 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 83 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings Changes the setting for the automatic locking feature. OFF/ WITH VEH SPD*1/SHIFT FROM P (A/T only) AUTO DOOR UNLOCK Changes the setting for when the doors unlock automatically. OFF/DRIVER DOOR With SHIFT to P*2 (A/T only)/ALL DOORS With SHIFT to P (A/T only)/DRIVER DOOR With IGN OFF*3/ALL DOORS With IGN OFF DOOR LOCK MODE Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock on the first push of the remote. DRIVER DOOR*1/ALL DOORS KEYLESS LOCK ACKNOWLEDGMENT LOCK/UNLOCK - The exterior lights flash LOCK (2nd push) - The beeper sounds ON*1/OFF SECURITY RELOCK TIMER Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and the security system to set after you unlock the vehicle without opening any door. 90sec/60sec/30sec*1 Sets/Cancels all the customized settings as default. SET/CANCEL AUTO DOOR LOCK TOC Instrument Panel DOOR SETUP DEFAULT ALL *1: Default Setting *2: Default Setting for automatic transmission *3: Default Setting for manual transmission Index Continued 83 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 84 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG ■ Example for customization settings The steps for changing the TRIP A RESET with REFUEL setting to ON are shown below. The default setting for TRIP A RESET with REFUEL is OFF. TOC 1. Press and hold the button until CHG SETTING appears on the display. Instrument Panel 2. Press the SEL/RESET button to go into the METER SETUP group. 3. Press the SEL/RESET button again. u LANGUAGE SELECTION appears first in the display. Index 84 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 85 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Gauges and Multi-Information Display u Multi-Information Display 2014 TSX QRG TOC 4. Press the button until TRIP A RESET with REFUEL appears on the display, then press the SEL/RESET button. u The display switches to the Customization setup screen, where you can select ON, OFF, or EXIT. Instrument Panel 5. Press the button and select ON, then press the SEL/RESET button. u The ON setup screen appears, then the display returns to the Customization menu screen. 6. Press the button until EXIT appears in the display, then press the SEL/ RESET button. 7. Repeat step 6 until you return to the normal screen. Index 85 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 86 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Index 86 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 87 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Controls This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving. Index Setting the Clock ................................ 88 Locking and Unlocking the Doors Key Types and Functions .................... 89 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside ............................................ 91 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ............................................... 93 Childproof Door Locks ....................... 95 Auto Door Lock/Unlock ...................... 95 Opening and Closing the Trunk......... 96 Security System .................................. 99 Immobilizer System ............................ 99 Security System Alarm........................ 99 Opening and Closing the Windows ...101 * Not available on all models Opening and Closing the Moonroof.. 104 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel Ignition Switch................................. 105 Turn Signals ..................................... 106 Light Switches.................................. 106 Fog Lights ........................................ 108 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) .......... 108 Wipers and Washers ........................ 109 Brightness Control ........................... 110 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button........................................ 111 Adjusting the Mirrors....................... 115 Interior Rearview Mirror ................... 115 Power Door Mirrors ......................... 115 Adjusting the Seats .......................... 117 Adjusting the Seat Positions............. 117 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items ................................................ 126 Interior Lights .................................. 126 Interior Convenience Items .............. 127 Climate Control System ................... 134 Using Automatic Climate Control .... 134 Automatic Climate Control Sensors... 137 Driving Position Memory System * .... 112 Adjusting the Steering Wheel........... 114 87 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 88 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Setting the Clock QRG 2014 TSX Clock Models without navigation system 1Clock You can adjust the time in the clock display, using the CLOCK button. You can switch the clock display between 24 hours and 12 hours when in the menu mode. ■ Adjusting the Time Menu Button Selector Knob Icon details Rotate to select. Press to enter. 1. Press the MENU button. 2. Rotate to select CLOCK ADJUST in the display. TOC Controls 3. Press . CLOCK ADJUST appears. 4. Rotate to select the item you want to adjust (12/24 hour mode, hour, minute). Then press . 12/24 Hour Mode 5. Rotate to make the adjustment. 6. Press to enter your selection. The display returns to CLOCK ADJUST. Repeat steps 4 to 6 to adjust other items. Hour Setting Minute Setting 7. To enter the selection, Rotate SET, then press . and select 8. Press the MENU button to go back to the normal display. Index 88 To set the time to the nearest hour: Press and hold the CLOCK button until the clock display begins to blink, then press the (3 (Reset) button. Depending on the displayed time, the clock sets forward or backward. Example: 1:06 will reset to 1:00 1:53 will reset to 2:00 Models with navigation system The clock is automatically updated through the navigation system, so the time does not need to be adjusted. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 89 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Locking and Unlocking the Doors QRG 2014 TSX Key Types and Functions This vehicle comes with the following keys: 1Key Types and Functions ■ Retractable Master Keys Panic Button TOC Trunk Button Controls Lock Button Unlock Button Use the key to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors, trunk, and fuel fill door. You can also use the remote transmitter to lock and unlock the doors, trunk, and fuel fill door. Press Index The keys contain precision electronics. Adhere to the following advice to prevent damage to the electronics: • Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in locations with high temperature or high humidity. • Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them. • Keep the keys away from liquids. • Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the battery. If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine may not start, and the remote transmitter may not work. Release Button Release Button All the keys have an immobilizer system. The immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle theft. 2 Immobilizer System P. 99 The master key folds up inside the remote transmitter. If the keys do not work properly, have them inspected by a dealer. 1. Press the release button to release the key out from the transmitter. u Make sure to fully extend the key. 2. To close the key, press the release button then push the key inside the transmitter until you hear a click. Continued If the key is not fully extended, the immobilizer system may not work properly, and the engine may not start. Avoid contact with the key whenever it extends or retracts. 89 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 90 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Locking and Unlocking the Doors u Key Types and Functions 2014 TSX QRG ■ Valet Key 1Valet Key Can be used to start and stop the engine, and lock and unlock driver’s door. When you need to leave a key with a third party, leave the valet key. TOC Controls ■ Key Number Tag 1Key Number Tag Contains a number that you will need if you purchase a replacement key. Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a safe place outside of your vehicle. If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a dealer. If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine, contact a dealer. Index 90 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 91 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Locking and Unlocking the Doors u Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside QRG 2014 TSX Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside 1Using the Remote Transmitter ■ Using the Remote Transmitter If you do not open a door within 30 seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote transmitter, the doors will automatically relock. ■ Locking the doors Press the lock button. Unlock Button TOC LED Lock Button Once: u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors, trunk, and fuel fill door lock, and the security system sets. Controls Twice (within five seconds after the first push): u A beeper sounds and verifies the security system is set. ■ Unlocking the doors Press the unlock button. Once: u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver’s door and fuel fill door unlock. Twice: u The remaining doors and the trunk unlock. If the interior light switch is in the door activated position, the interior lights come on when you press the unlock button. No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30 seconds. Doors relocked with the remote: The lights go off immediately. 2 Interior Lights P. 126 The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so the operating range may vary depending on the surroundings. The remote transmitter will not work when the key is in the ignition switch. The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is open. If the distance at which the remote transmitter works varies, the battery is probably low. If the LED does not come on when you press a button, the battery is dead. 2 Replacing the Battery P. 272 Index Continued 91 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 92 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Locking and Unlocking the Doors u Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside 2014 TSX QRG ■ Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key Fully insert the key and turn it. If you are using the master key, make sure it is fully extended. TOC Lock Controls ■ Locking a Door Without Using a Key Pull the lock tab rearward a or push the master door lock switch in the lock direction b, and close the door. ■ Locking the passenger’s doors Pull the lock tab rearward and close the door. ■ Lockout prevention system 92 When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all the other doors, trunk, and fuel fill door lock at the same time. When unlocking, the driver’s door and fuel fill door unlock first. Turn the key a second time within a few seconds to unlock the remaining doors and the trunk. Unlock ■ Locking the driver’s door Index 1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key The doors cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch, and any door is open. 1Locking a Door Without Using a Key When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors, trunk, and fuel fill door lock at the same time. Make sure you have the key in your hand before locking the door to prevent it from being locked in the vehicle. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 93 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Locking and Unlocking the Doors u Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside QRG 2014 TSX Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ■ Using the Lock Tab To Lock To Unlock Lock Tab 1Using the Lock Tab Pull the lock tab rearward. When you lock the door using the lock tab on the driver’s door, all the other doors, trunk, and fuel fill door lock at the same time. ■ Unlocking a door When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock. ■ Locking a door Push the lock tab forward. TOC Controls ■ Unlocking Using the Inner Handle of Front Doors 1Unlocking Using the Inner Handle of Front Doors The front door inner handles are designed to allow front seat occupants to open the door in one motion. However this feature requires that front seat occupants never pull a front door inner handle while the vehicle is in motion. Pull the front door inner handle. u The door unlocks and opens in one motion. Children should always ride in a rear seat where childproof door locks are provided. 2 Childproof Door Locks P. 95 Inner Handle Index Continued 93 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 94 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Locking and Unlocking the Doors u Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside 2014 TSX QRG ■ Using the Master Door Lock Switch To Lock To Unlock TOC Controls Index 94 Master Door Lock Switch Press the master door lock switch in as shown to lock or unlock all doors. 1Using the Master Door Lock Switch When you lock/unlock the driver’s door using the master lock switch, all the other doors, trunk, and fuel fill door lock/unlock at the same time. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 95 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Locking and Unlocking the Doors u Childproof Door Locks QRG 2014 TSX Childproof Door Locks The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside regardless of the position of the lock tab. ■ Setting the Childproof Door Locks Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock position, and close the door. 1Childproof Door Locks To open the door from the inside when the childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the unlock position, lower the rear window, put your hand out of the window, and pull the outside door handle. ■ When opening the door TOC Controls Open the door using the outside door handle. Unlock Lock Auto Door Lock/Unlock ■ Auto door lock The auto door lock function automatically locks all the doors when the vehicle reaches about 10 mph (15 km/h). 1Auto Door Lock/Unlock The auto door lock/unlock settings can be customized using the multi-information display. 2 Customized Features P. 80 ■ Auto door unlock Automatic transmission models The driver's door unlocks when the shift lever is moved into (P with the brake pedal depressed. Index Manual transmission models The driver's door unlocks when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK (0 with the brake pedal depressed. 95 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 96 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Opening and Closing the Trunk QRG Precautions for Opening/Closing the Trunk ■ Opening the trunk Open the trunk all the way. u If it is not fully opened, the trunk lid may begin to close under its own weight. ■ Closing the trunk TOC Keep the trunk lid closed while driving to: u Avoid possible damage. u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60 Controls Using the Trunk Opener Trunk Release Index 96 Pressing the trunk release to the lower left of the driver's seat unlocks and opens the trunk. 2014 TSX 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 97 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Opening and Closing the Trunk u Using the Remote Transmitter QRG 2014 TSX Using the Remote Transmitter Press the trunk release button for approximately one second to unlock and open the trunk. 1Using the Remote Transmitter When the driver’s door is locked: The trunk will lock when it is closed. When the driver’s door is unlocked: The trunk will not lock when it is closed. Trunk Button When the ignition switch is in any position except LOCK (0 , you cannot open the trunk using the trunk release button on the remote transmitter. TOC Controls Using the Trunk Release Switch Push up the release switch on the trunk lid after the doors are unlocked. Release Switch Index 97 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 98 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Opening and Closing the Trunk u Trunk Main Switch QRG 2014 TSX Trunk Main Switch The trunk main switch disables the trunk opener on the driver’s side and the trunk release button on the trunk lid to protect luggage in the trunk. ON TOC Main Switch OFF 1. Make sure the rear seat-backs are not folded down. The trunk release button on the remote transmitter is always enabled, even when the trunk main switch is off. 2. Turn off the trunk main switch in the glove box. Controls Emergency Trunk Opener The trunk release lever allows you to open the trunk from inside for your safety. Slide the release lever in the direction of the arrow. 98 If you need to give the key to someone else, give them the valet key. 3. Lock the glove box. Lever Index 1Trunk Main Switch 1Emergency Trunk Opener Parents should decide if their children should be shown how to use this feature. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 99 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Security System QRG 2014 TSX Immobilizer System The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic signals to verify the key. Pay attention to the following when inserting the key into the ignition switch: • Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ignition switch. • Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object. TOC 1Immobilizer System NOTICE Leaving the ignition key in the vehicle can result in theft or accidental movement of the vehicle. Always take the ignition key with you whenever you leave the vehicle unattended. Controls Do not alter the system or add other devices to it. Doing so may damage the system and make your vehicle inoperable. • Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the ignition switch. Security System Alarm 1Security System Alarm The security system alarm activates when the doors, trunk, or hood are opened without the key, or remote transmitter. It also activates if you turn the ignition switch to ON (w after locking the doors with the remote transmitter. The security alarm continues for a maximum of two minutes until the security system deactivates. ■ When the security system alarm activates The horn sounds intermittently, and all the exterior lights flash. ■ To deactivate the security system alarm Unlock the vehicle using the key, or remote transmitter. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, are deactivated. Index Continued 99 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 100 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Security System u Security System Alarm 2014 TSX QRG ■ Setting the security system alarm The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have been met: • The ignition switch is in LOCK (0 , and the key has been removed from the ignition switch. • The hood and trunk are closed. TOC Do not set the security system alarm when someone is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can accidentally activate when: • Unlocking the door with the lock tab or the master door lock switch. • Opening the trunk with the release button on the driver’s door or the emergency trunk opener. • All doors are locked with the remote transmitter. Controls ■ When the security system alarm sets The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set. ■ To cancel the security system alarm The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the key or remote transmitter. The security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time. ■ Panic Mode ■ The PANIC button on the remote PANIC Button Index transmitter If you press the PANIC button for approximately one second, the following will occur for about 30 seconds: • The horn sounds. • Some exterior lights flash. ■ Canceling panic mode Press any button on the remote transmitter, or turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 100 1Security System Alarm If the battery goes dead after you have set the security system alarm, the security alarm may go off once the battery is recharged or replaced. If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by unlocking a door using the key or remote transmitter. Do not attempt to alter this system or add another device to it. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 101 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Opening and Closing the Windows QRG 2014 TSX Opening/Closing the Power Windows The power windows can be opened and closed when the ignition switch is in ON (w , using the switches on the doors. The driver’s side switches can be used to open and close all the windows. The power window lock button on the driver’s side must be switched off (not pushed in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the driver’s seat. TOC Controls When the power window lock button is turned on (pushed in, indicator on), you can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on when children are in the vehicle. ■ Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function ■ Automatic operation On Off Power Window Lock Button Driver’s Window Switch Indicator Front Passenger’s Window Switch To open: Push the switch down firmly. To close: Pull the switch up firmly. The window opens or closes completely. To stop the window at any time, push or pull the switch briefly. 1Opening/Closing the Power Windows 3 WARNING Closing a power window on someone’s hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure your passengers are away from the windows before closing them. The power windows can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you turn the ignition switch off. Opening either front door cancels this function. Auto Reverse If a power window senses resistance when closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse direction. The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled when you continuously pull up the switch. The auto reverse function stops sensing when the window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. ■ Manual operation To open: Push the switch down lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. Index To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. Continued 101 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 102 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Opening and Closing the Windows u Opening/Closing the Power Windows 2014 TSX QRG ■ Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/ Close Function To open: Push the switch down. Close To close: Pull the switch up. Release the switch when the window reaches the desired position. TOC Open Controls ■ Opening Windows and Moonroof with the Remote Transmitter To open: Press the unlock button twice within 10 seconds and hold it down for the second time. If the windows stop midway, repeat the procedure. Unlock Button Index 102 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 103 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Opening and Closing the Windows u Opening/Closing the Power Windows 2014 TSX QRG ■ Opening/Closing the Windows/Moonroof with the Key To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the unlock direction and hold it there. TOC Close Open Controls To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the central position, turn the key in the lock direction and hold it there. Release the key to stop the windows/ moonroof at the desired position. If you want further adjustment, repeat the same operation. Index 103 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 104 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Opening and Closing the Moonroof 2014 TSX QRG ■ Opening/Closing the Moonroof You can only operate the moonroof when the ignition switch is in ON (w . Use the switch in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof. ■ Automatic operation To open: Pull the switch back firmly. To close: Push the switch forward firmly. TOC Controls The moonroof will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the moonroof midway, touch the switch briefly. ■ Manual operation To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and hold it until the desired position is reached. ■ Tilting the moonroof up To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof switch. To close: Push the switch forward firmly. Index 104 1Opening/Closing the Moonroof 3 WARNING Opening or closing the moonroof on someone’s hands or fingers can cause serious injury. Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of the moonroof before opening or closing it. NOTICE Opening the moonroof in below freezing temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice can damage the moonroof panel or motor. The power moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes after you turn the ignition switch off. Opening either front door cancels this function. When resistance is detected, the auto reverse function causes the moonroof to change directions, then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 105 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel QRG 2014 TSX Ignition Switch 1Ignition Switch Manual transmission models 3 WARNING (0 LOCK: Insert and remove the key in this position. (q ACCESSORY: Operate the audio system and other accessories in this position. TOC (w ON: This is the position when driving. Controls (e START: This position is for starting the engine. The switch returns to ON (w when you let go of the key. Removing the key from the ignition switch while driving locks the steering. This can cause you to lose control of the vehicle. Remove the key from the ignition switch only when parked. Automatic transmission models You cannot take the key out unless the shift lever is in (P . All models If you open the driver’s door when the key is in LOCK (0 or ACCESSORY (q , a warning buzzer will sound to remind you to take the key out. When this happens, the following messages appear on the multi-information display: • In LOCK (0 : REMOVE KEY. • In ACCESSORY (q : REMOVE KEY. The buzzer will stop when you take the key out. Index If the key won’t turn from LOCK (0 to ACCESSORY (q , turn the key while moving the steering wheel left and right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the key to turn. 105 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 106 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Turn Signals QRG 2014 TSX Turn Signals Right Turn The turn signals can be used when the ignition switch is in ON (w . Left Turn TOC Controls Light Switches 1Light Switches If you remove the key from the ignition switch while the lights are on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door is opened. ■ Manual Operation High Beams Rotating the light switch turns the lights on and off, regardless of the position of the ignition switch. ■ High beams Push the lever forward until you hear a click. Flashing the high beams Low Beams Index 106 Turns on parking, side marker, tail and license plate lights Turns on headlights, parking, side marker, tail, and license plate lights ■ Low beams When in high beams, pull the lever back to return to low beams. ■ Flashing the high beams Pull the lever back, and release it. Repeatedly turning the headlights on and off reduces the life of the HID headlight bulbs. If you sense that the level of the headlights is abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer. Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off because it will cause the battery to discharge. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 107 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Light Switches 2014 TSX QRG ■ Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) Automatic lighting control can be used when the ignition switch is in ON (w . When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the headlights and other exterior lights will switch on and off automatically depending on the ambient brightness. u You can change the auto light sensitivity setting. TOC 1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control) We recommend that you turn on the lights manually when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas such as long tunnels or parking facilities. The light sensor is in the location shown below. Do not cover this light sensor with anything; otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not work properly. Controls Light Sensor 2 Customized Features P. 80 ■ Automatic lighting off feature The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15 seconds after you remove the key, and close the driver’s door. u You can change the headlight auto off timer setting. 2 Customized Features P. 80 Adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows: If you turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 with the headlight switch on, but do not open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the AUTO position). Index The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime. Setting MAX HIGH MID LOW MIN The exterior lights come on when the ambient light is at Bright Dark 107 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 108 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Fog Lights QRG 2014 TSX Fog Lights When the low beam headlights are on, turn the fog light switch on to use the fog lights. TOC Fog Light Switch Controls Daytime Running Lights (DRL) The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer than normal when the following conditions have been met: • The ignition switch is in ON (w . • The headlight switch is off, or in . • The parking brake is released. The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Turning off the ignition switch will turn off the daytime running lights. The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight switch is turned on. Index 108 1Fog Lights When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the instrument panel will be on. 2 Indicators P. 64 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 109 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Wipers and Washers QRG 2014 TSX Wipers and Washers ■ Windshield Wiper/Washer 1Wipers and Washers The windshield wipers and washers can be used when the ignition switch is in ON (w . ■ MIST TOC Pull to use washer. The wipers run at high speed until you release the lever. Controls ■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, LO, HI) Intermittent Time Adjustment Ring MIST OFF INT: Low speed with intermittent LO: Low speed wipe HI: High speed wipe Change the wiper switch setting according to the amount of rain. ■ Adjusting the delay Turn the adjustment ring to adjust the wiper delay. Long delay Short delay NOTICE Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry. The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber blades will get damaged. NOTICE In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the windshield, becoming stuck. Operating the wipers in this condition may damage the wipers. Use the defroster to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on. If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are operating intermittently, the length of the wipe interval shortens. When the vehicle starts moving, the wipers make a single sweep. When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation's shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become the same. Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out. The pump may get damaged. ■ Washer Index Sprays while you pull the lever toward you. When you release the lever, the wipers make two or three more sweeps before stopping. 109 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 110 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Brightness Control QRG 2014 TSX Brightness Control When the parking lights are turned on and the ignition switch is in ON (w , you can use the brightness control knob to adjust instrument panel brightness. Brighten: Turn the knob to the right. Dim: Turn the knob to the left. TOC Control Knob Controls You will hear a beep when the brightness reaches minimum or maximum. The multiinformation display will return to its original state several seconds after you adjust the brightness. ■ Brightness level indicator The brightness level is shown on the multiinformation display while you are adjusting it. Index 110 1Brightness Control Instrument panel brightness varies, depending on whether the exterior lights are on or off. The instrument panel dims to reduce glare when they are on. Pressing either switches the display. (information) button If you turn the knob to the right until the brightness display is up to max, the beeper sounds. This cancels the reduced instrument panel brightness when the exterior lights are on. The brightness can be set differently for when the exterior lights are on, and when they are off. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 111 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button QRG Press the rear defogger and heated door mirror button to defog the rear window and mirrors when the ignition is in ON (w . TOC 2014 TSX Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button Controls The rear defogger and heated door mirrors automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes depending on the outside temperature. However, if the outside temperature is 32°F (0°C) or below, they do not automatically switch off. 1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror Button NOTICE When cleaning the inside of the rear window, be careful not to damage the heating wires. It is critical to wipe the window from side to side along the defogger heating wires. This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off when the window has been defogged. Also, do not use the system for a long period when the engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine. Index 111 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 112 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Driving Position Memory System * QRG You can store two driver’s seat positions with the driving position memory system. When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote transmitter, the seat adjusts automatically to one of the two preset positions. The multi-information display shows you which remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle when you enter. • DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button (1 . TOC • DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button (2 . Controls DRIVER 1 DRIVER 2 Index 112 2014 TSX Driving Position Memory System * * Not available on all models 1Driving Position Memory System * Using the multi-information display, you can disable the automatic seat adjustment function. 2 Customized Features P. 80 You can cancel the driving position memory link and customized settings. Press and hold the lock and unlock buttons at the same time. The LED in the remote transmitter blinks twice and the default settings are restored. To turn the memory position link settings back on, repeat this procedure. The LED will blink once. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 113 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Driving Position Memory System * 2014 TSX QRG ■ Storing a Position in Memory Memory Button 1 Memory Button 2 1. Adjust the driver’s seat to the desired position, and turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 2. Press the SET button. u You will hear the beeper, and the memory button indicator light will blink. TOC Controls Set Button Automatic transmission models 1. Move the shift lever to (P . All models 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Press a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). u You will hear the beeper, and the indicator light will blink. Index After you press the SET button, the storing operation will be canceled when: • You do not press the memory button within five seconds. • You readjust the seat position before the doublebeep. • You turn the ignition switch to any position except ON (w . 3. Press memory button (1 or (2 within five seconds of pressing the SET button. u Once the seat position has been memorized, the indicator light on the button you pressed stays on. ■ Recalling the Stored Position Memory Buttons 1Storing a Position in Memory 1Recalling the Stored Position The seat will stop moving if you: • Press the SET button, or a memory button ( (1 or (2 ). • Adjust the seat position. Automatic transmission models • Shift into any position except (P . Manual transmission models • Release the parking brake. The seat will automatically move to the memorized position. When it has finished moving, you will hear the beeper, and the indicator light stays on. 113 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 114 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel u Adjusting the Steering Wheel QRG The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture. 1. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up. u The steering wheel adjustment lever is under the steering column. To adjust 2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and in or out. u Make sure you can see the instrument panel gauges and indicators. TOC Controls Index 114 2014 TSX Adjusting the Steering Wheel To lock Lever 3. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever down to lock the steering wheel in position. u After adjusting the position, make sure you have securely locked the steering wheel in place by trying to move it up, down, in, and out. 1Adjusting the Steering Wheel 3 WARNING Adjusting the steering wheel position while driving may cause you to lose control of the vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash. Adjust the steering wheel only when the vehicle is stopped. Make any steering wheel adjustments before you start driving. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 115 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Adjusting the Mirrors QRG 2014 TSX Interior Rearview Mirror Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving position. 1Adjusting the Mirrors Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and adjusted for best visibility. ■ Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror When driving after dark, the automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces the glare from headlights behind you. Press the auto button to turn this function on and off. When activated, the auto indicator comes on. TOC Controls Indicator Adjust the mirrors before you start driving. 2 Adjusting the Seat Positions P. 117 1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror The auto dimming function cancels when the shift position is in (R . Sensor Auto Button Power Door Mirrors You can adjust the door mirrors when the ignition switch is in ON (w . ■ Mirror position adjustment Index Selector Switch Adjustment Switch L/R selector switch: Select the left or right mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the switch to the center position. Mirror position adjustment switch: Press the switch left, right, up, or down to move the mirror. Continued 115 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 116 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Mirrors u Power Door Mirrors 2014 TSX QRG ■ Reverse Tilt Door Mirror If activated, the passenger side door mirror automatically tilts downward when you put the shift lever in (R ; this improves close-in visibility on the passenger side of the vehicle when backing up. The mirror automatically returns to its original position when you shift out of (R . TOC Controls Index 116 Selector Switch To activate this feature, turn the ignition switch to ON (w and slide the selector switch to the passenger’s side. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 117 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Adjusting the Seats QRG 2014 TSX Adjusting the Seat Positions Allow sufficient space. TOC Move back. Controls Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright, well back in the seat and be able to adequately press the pedals without leaning forward, and grip the steering wheel comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far back from the front airbag in the dashboard as possible. ■ Adjusting the front seat 1Adjusting the Seats 3 WARNING Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious injury or death if the front airbags inflate. Always sit as far back from the front airbags as possible while maintaining control of the vehicle. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest. Horizontal Position Adjustment Always make seat adjustments before driving. Height Adjustment (Driver’s seat only) Seat-back Angle Adjustment Index Driver’s seat is shown Continued 117 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 118 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Seats u Adjusting the Seat Positions 2014 TSX QRG ■ Adjusting the Seat-Backs 1Adjusting the Seat-Backs Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable, upright position, leaving ample space between your chest and the airbag cover in the center of the steering wheel. TOC Controls Index 118 The front seat passenger should also adjust their seat-back to a comfortable, upright position. Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury. 3 WARNING Reclining the seat-back too far can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Adjust the seat-back to an upright position, and sit well back in the seat. Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the seat-back and your back. Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag operation. If you cannot get far enough away from the steering wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend that you investigate whether some type of adaptive equipment may help. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 119 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Seats u Adjusting the Seat Positions 2014 TSX QRG ■ Adjusting the Head Restraints 1Adjusting the Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions. TOC Controls Position head in the center of the head restraint. Head restraints are most effective for protection against whiplash and other rearimpact crash injuries when the center of the back of the occupant’s head rests against the center of the restraint. The tops of the occupant’s ears should be level with the center height of the restraint. ■ Adjusting the front and rear outer head restraint positions 3 WARNING Improperly positioning head restraints reduces their effectiveness and increases the likelihood of serious injury in a crash. Make sure head restraints are in place and positioned properly before driving. The driver’s and front passenger’s seats have active head restraints. 2 Active Head Restraints P. 123 To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. To lower the head restrain: Push it down while pressing the release button. Index Continued 119 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 120 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Seats u Adjusting the Seat Positions 2014 TSX QRG ■ Changing the Rear Center Seat Head Restraint Position A passenger sitting in the center back seating position should adjust the height of their head restraint to an appropriate position before the vehicle begins moving. TOC To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward. Controls To lower the head restraint: Push it down while pressing the release button. ■ Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair. To remove a head restraint: Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the restraint up and out. To reinstall a head restraint: Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked in position. Index 120 1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints 3 WARNING Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the head restraints can result in severe injury during a crash. Always replace the head restraints before driving. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 121 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Seats u Adjusting the Seat Positions 2014 TSX QRG ■ Adjusting the Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support The firmness of the seat-back can be adjusted. To make it firmer: Push the lever forward. To make it less firm: Pull the lever backward. TOC Controls Index Continued 121 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 122 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Seats u Adjusting the Seat Positions 2014 TSX QRG ■ Maintain a Proper Sitting Position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is off. TOC Controls Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an inflating front airbag. Index 122 1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position 3 WARNING Sitting improperly or out of position can result in serious injury or death in a crash. Always sit upright, well back in the seat, with your feet on the floor. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 123 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Seats u Adjusting the Seat Positions 2014 TSX QRG ■ Active Head Restraints The driver’s and front passenger’s seats have active head restraints. In a rear impact, an occupant properly secured by a seat belt will be pushed against the seat-back and the head restraint will move forward. This reduces the distance between the restraint and the occupant’s head, which helps reduce the likelihood of whiplash and injuries to the neck and upper spine. TOC 1Active Head Restraints In order for the active head restraints to operate properly: • Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or from the restraint legs. • Do not place any object between an occupant and the seat-back. • Install each restraint in its proper location. Controls After a collision, the activated restraint should return to its normal position. If the restraint does not return to its normal position, or in the event of a severe collision, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer. Index 123 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 124 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Seats u Rear Seats QRG 2014 TSX Rear Seats ■ Folding Down the Rear Seats 1. Remove the center shoulder belt from the guide. Guide 1Folding Down the Rear Seats The rear seat-backs can be folded down to accommodate bulkier items in the trunk. Never drive with a seat-back folded down and the trunk lid open. 2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 60 TOC To lock a seat-back upright, push it backwards until it locks. Controls Center Shoulder Belt Release Lever 2. Pull the release lever in the trunk to release the lock. When returning a seat-back to it’s original position, push it firmly back. Also, make sure all rear shoulder belts are positioned in front of the seat-back, and the center shoulder belt is re-positioned in the guide. Make sure that the folded seat-back does not press against the front passenger seat, as this can cause the weight sensors in the front passenger seat to work improperly. 2 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator P. 45 3. Fold the seat-back down. If the rear head restraints get caught on the front seat-backs, remove the head restraints. Index 124 2 Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints P. 120 Also make sure all items in the trunk or items extending through the opening into the rear seats are properly secured. Loose items can fly forward if you have to brake hard. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 125 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Adjusting the Seats u Armrest QRG 2014 TSX Armrest ■ Using the Front Seat Armrest The console lid can be used as an armrest. To adjust: Push the release lever and slide the armrest to a desired position. Release the lever to lock the position. TOC Controls ■ Using the Rear Seat Armrest Pull down the armrest in the center seat-back. Index 125 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 126 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items QRG 2014 TSX Interior Lights ■ Interior Light Switches Door Activated Position Front On 1Interior Light Switches ■ ON The interior lights come on regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. ■ Door activated Off TOC Controls Rear Door Activated Position On Off The interior lights come on in the following situations: • When any of the doors are opened. • You unlock the driver’s door. • You remove the key from the ignition switch. ■ OFF The interior lights remain off regardless of whether the doors are open or closed. ■ Map Lights The map lights can be turned on and off by pressing the lenses. In the door activated position, the interior lights fade out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are closed. The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following situations: • When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open it. • When you remove the key from the ignition switch but do not open a door. You can change the interior lights dimming time. 2 Customized Features P. 80 The interior lights go off immediately in the following situations: • When you lock the driver’s door. • When you close the driver’s door with the key in the ignition switch. • When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w . If you leave any of the doors open without the key in the ignition switch, the interior lights go off after about 15 minutes. 1Map Lights Index 126 When the ceiling light switch is in the door activated position and any door is open, the map light will not go off when you press the lens. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 127 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items u Interior Convenience Items QRG 2014 TSX Interior Convenience Items ■ Glove Box 1Glove Box Pull the handle to open the glove box. You can lock the glove box with the master key. To Lock 3 WARNING An open glove box can cause serious injury to your passenger in a crash, even if the passenger is wearing the seat belt. Always keep the glove box closed while driving. TOC Controls Glove Box The glove box light comes on when the parking lights are on. ■ Detachable shelf The shelf in the glove box is detachable. To remove it, disengage the tabs. Shelf Index Continued 127 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 128 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items u Interior Convenience Items 2014 TSX QRG ■ Console Compartment 1Console Compartment Pull the handle to open the console compartment. Use only resealable containers or keep unopened cans in the console compartment. Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery and electrical components in the console compartment. To use the console lid as an armrest, slide it to the desired position while pulling up the release lever. When the heater begins to divert warm air, the airflow into the console compartment is shut off. TOC Controls You can keep beverage bottles and cans cool with the air conditioning system. 1. Turn the dial counterclockwise to open the air vent in the console compartment. Close Open 2. Turn on the climate control system and adjust the temperature to cool. 3. Set the mode control or . u The cool air is diverted through the air vent. Index 128 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 129 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items u Interior Convenience Items 2014 TSX QRG ■ Beverage Holders 1Beverage Holders NOTICE ■ Front seat beverage holders Press the raised detent to open the lid. To close the lid, push it down until it latches. Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting, and electrical components in the interior. Be careful when you are using the beverage holders. Hot liquid can scald you. TOC Push Controls ■ Rear seat beverage holders Fold the armrest down to use the rear seat beverage holders. Index Continued 129 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 130 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items u Interior Convenience Items 2014 TSX QRG ■ Accessory Power Sockets 1Accessory Power Sockets There are two accessory power sockets; one in the console compartment and the other at the front of the center console. They can be used when the ignition switch is in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w . TOC Open the cover to use it. NOTICE Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter element. This can overheat the power socket. The accessory power socket is designed to supply power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 120 watts or less (10 amps). Controls To prevent battery drain, only use the power socket with the engine running. When both sockets are being used, the combined power rating of the accessories should not exceed 120 watts (10 amps). Index 130 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 131 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items u Interior Convenience Items 2014 TSX QRG ■ Coat Hooks 1Coat Hooks There is a coat hook on the rear grab handle of both sides. Pull it down to use it. The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy items. TOC Controls ■ Tie-down Anchors 1Tie-down Anchors The tie-down anchors in the trunk can be used to install a net for securing items. Distribute cargo evenly on the floor of the trunk, placing the heaviest items on the bottom and as far forward as possible. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 187 Anchor Index Continued 131 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 132 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items u Interior Convenience Items 2014 TSX QRG ■ Sunglasses Holder 1Sunglasses Holder To open the sunglasses holder, push and release the indent. To close, push it again until it latches. TOC Controls Index 132 Push You can store eyeglasses and other small items in this holder. Keep the holder closed while driving except when accessing stored items. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 133 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items u Interior Convenience Items 2014 TSX QRG ■ Seat Heaters 1Seat Heaters The ignition switch must be in ON (w to use the seat heaters. The HI setting heats the seats faster than the LO setting. There is no heater in the passenger’s seatback due to the side airbag cutoff system. TOC Controls While in HI, the heater cycles on and off. u The appropriate indicator will be on while the seat heater is on. Briefly press the button on the opposite side to turn the heater off. The indicator will be off. When a comfortable temperature is reached, select LO to keep the seat warm. 3 WARNING Heat induced burns are possible when using seat heaters. Persons with a diminished ability to sense temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes, lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or with sensitive skin should not use seat heaters. Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may be weakened, making the engine difficult to start. In the LO setting, the heater runs continuously and does not automatically turn off. Index 133 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 134 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Climate Control System QRG 2014 TSX Using Automatic Climate Control The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select. The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible. TOC Dashboard vents Dashboard and floor and back of the vents, and back of center console * the center console * Floor vents Floor and defroster vents Controls AUTO Button A/C (Air Conditioning) Button Driver’s Side Temperature Control Switch Passenger’s Side Temperature Control Switch (Recirculation) Button (Fan Control) Bar Use the system when the engine is running. 1. Press the AUTO button. 2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side control switch. 3. Press the button to cancel. ■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes Index 134 Press the (recirculation) button and switch the mode depending on environmental conditions. Recirculation mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through the system. Fresh air mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in fresh air mode in normal situations. * Not available on all models 1Using Automatic Climate Control If any buttons are pressed while using the climate control system in AUTO, the function of the button that was pressed will take priority. The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions unrelated to the button that was pressed will be controlled automatically. To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the fan may not start immediately when the AUTO button is pressed. If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down more rapidly by partially opening the windows, turning the system on AUTO, and setting the temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to recirculation mode until the temperature cools down. When you set the temperature to the lower or upper limit, Lo or Hi is displayed. Pressing the button switches the climate control system between on and off. When turned on, the system returns to your last selection. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 135 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Climate Control System u Using Automatic Climate Control 2014 TSX QRG ■ Defrosting the Windshield and Windows Pressing the button turns the air conditioner system on and automatically switches the system to fresh air mode. Press the button again to turn off, the system returns to the previous settings. TOC 1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows For your safety, make sure you have a clear view through all the windows before driving. Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower limit. When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the windshield may fog up. Controls If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that the air hits the side windows. ■ To rapidly defrost the windows 1. Press the 2. Press the button. button. 1To rapidly defrost the windows After defrosting or defogging the windows, switch over to fresh air mode. If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes visibility. Index 135 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 136 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Climate Control System u Synchronized Mode QRG 2014 TSX Synchronized Mode 1Synchronized Mode When you press the button, the system changes to synchronized mode. When the system is in dual mode, the driver side temperature and the passenger side temperature can be set separately. TOC Controls You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side and the passenger side in synchronized mode. 1. Press the SYNC button. u The system will switch to synchronized mode. 2. Adjust the temperature using driver’s side temperature control switch. Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode. Index 136 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 137 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Climate Control System u Automatic Climate Control Sensors QRG Automatic Climate Control Sensors 2014 TSX The automatic climate control system is equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill any liquid on them. Sensor TOC Controls Sensor Index 137 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 138 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Index 138 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 139 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Features This chapter describes how to operate technology features. Index Audio System About Your Audio System................ 140 USB Adapter Cable .......................... 141 Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 142 Audio System Theft Protection ......... 142 Audio System Basic Operation Audio Remote Controls.................... 144 Adjusting the Sound ........................ 145 Playing the AM/FM Radio ................. 146 Playing the XM® Radio ..................... 148 Playing a CD .................................... 150 Playing an iPod®............................... 153 * Not available on all models Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 156 Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 159 Audio Error Messages CD Player......................................... 161 iPod®/USB Flash Drive....................... 162 General Information on the Audio System XM® Radio Service ........................... 163 Recommended CDs ......................... 164 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Using HFL ........................................ 169 HFL Menus ...................................... 171 Compass * .......................................... 181 Compatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives... 166 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver Training HomeLink........................... 167 139 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 140 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Audio System QRG 2014 TSX About Your Audio System Models with navigation system 1About Your Audio System See the Navigation System Manual for operation of the audio system, AcuraLink *, Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®, and voice commands for these features. Models without navigation system The audio system features AM/FM radio and the XM® Radio service. It can also play CDs, WMA/MP3/AAC files, USB flash drives, and iPod® and Bluetooth® devices. You can operate the audio system from the buttons and switches on the panel, or the remote controls on the steering wheel. TOC XM® Radio is available in the United States and Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico. XM® is a registered trademark of Sirius XM Radio, Inc. Features Video CDs, DVDs, and 3-inch (8-cm) mini CDs are not supported. XM® Radio Remote Control iPod® USB Flash Drive Index 140 XM® Radio is available on a subscription basis only. For more information on XM® Radio, contact a dealer. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 163 * Not available on all models iPod® is a registered trademark owned by Apple Inc. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 141 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System u USB Adapter Cable QRG 2014 TSX USB Adapter Cable 1. Unclip the USB connector and loosen the adapter cable. 2. Connect the iPod® dock connector or the USB flash drive to the USB connector. 1USB Adapter Cable • Do not leave the iPod® or USB flash drive in the • • • TOC • Features • vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may damage it. Do not use an extension cable with the USB adapter cable. Do not connect the iPod® or USB flash drive using a hub. Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard disk drive, as the device or your files may be damaged. We recommend backing up your data before using the device in your vehicle. Displayed messages may vary depending on the device model and software version. If the audio system does not recognize the iPod®, try reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions provided with the iPod® or visit www.apple.com/ ipod. Index 141 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 142 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System u Auxiliary Input Jack QRG 2014 TSX Auxiliary Input Jack Use the jack in the console compartment to connect standard audio devices. 1. Open the AUX cover. 2. Connect a standard audio device to the input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo miniplug. u The audio system automatically switches to the AUX mode. 1Auxiliary Input Jack To switch the mode, press any of the audio mode buttons. You can return to the AUX mode by pressing the AUX button. You cannot use the auxiliary input jack if you replace the audio system. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. TOC Features Audio System Theft Protection The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. ■ Entering the audio security code ENTER CODE appears on the display when the power is reconnected. 1. Turn on the audio system. 2. Enter the audio security code using the preset buttons. If you enter an incorrect digit, continue to the last digit, then try again. If you do not enter the code correctly after 10 tries, you need to visit a dealer to have the system reset. Index 142 1Audio System Theft Protection Find the audio system’s security code and serial number on the radio code card. Do not store the card in your vehicle. If you lose the radio code card, you must obtain the information from a dealer. You can register the security code at Acura Owners (owners.acura.com.), and find information on how to retrieve the serial number and obtain the code at radio-navicode.acura.com. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 143 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Audio System Basic Operation 2014 TSX QRG To use the audio system function, the ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w . Use the selector knob or MENU button to access some audio functions. Press to switch between the normal and extended display for some functions. The extended display has three segments to display detailed information. RETURN Button Selector Knob 1Audio System Basic Operation These indications are used to show how to operate the selector knob. Rotate Press to select. to enter. MENU Button TOC Features Menu Display Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll through the available choices. Press to set your selection. MENU button: Press to select any setting such as the clock, sound control, or the compass. Press this button again to cancel the menu display mode. RETURN button: Press to go back to the previous display. Index 143 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 144 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Audio Remote Controls QRG 2014 TSX Audio Remote Controls Allows you to operate the audio system while driving. MODE Button VOL (Volume) Button TOC MODE Button Cycles through the audio modes as follows: FM1 FM2 AM XM1 XM2 CD AUX CH (Channel) Button Features VOL Button Press : To increase the volume Press : To decrease the volume CH Button • When listening to radio Press (+ : To select the next preset radio station. Press (- : To select the previous preset radio station. • When listening to a CD, USB flash drive or iPod®, or Bluetooth® Audio Press (+ : To skip to the next song. Press (- : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song. Index 144 1Audio Remote Controls The CD mode appears only when a CD is loaded. When in the AUX mode, the following are operable from the remote controls: • iPod®/USB flash drive connected to the USB adapter cable • Bluetooth® Audio (with some phones only) 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 145 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Adjusting the Sound QRG 2014 TSX Adjusting the Sound Press the MENU button, and rotate to adjust the setting. Rotate to scroll through the following choices: Selector MENU Knob Button When the adjustment level reaches the center, you will see C in the display. The SVC has four modes: OFF, LOW, MID, and HIGH. BASS RETURN Button 1Adjusting the Sound SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As you slow down, audio volume decreases. TREBLE FADER TOC Features BALANCE SUBW FADER is selectable. SVC CLOCK ADJUST Subwoofer Speed-sensitive Volume Compensation Clock setting Index 145 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 146 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing the AM/FM Radio QRG Playing the AM/FM Radio VOL/ Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. AM/FM Button Press to select a band. TOC Features Index 146 2014 TSX Preset Buttons (1-6) To store a station: 1. Tune to the selected station. 2. Pick a preset button and hold it until you hear a beep. To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button. TITLE Button Press to switch the RDS name on and off. CATEGORY Bar Press either side to display and select an RDS category. SCAN Button Press to sample each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn off scan, press the button again. SKIP Bar Press and hold to search up and down the selected band for a station with a strong signal. A.SEL (Auto Select) Button Press to scan both bands and store the strongest station in each preset. To turn off auto select, press the button again. This restores the presets you originally set. Selector Knob Turn to tune the radio frequency. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 147 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing the AM/FM Radio 2014 TSX QRG ■ Radio Data System (RDS) 1Playing the AM/FM Radio Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station. The ST indicator appears on the display indicating stereo FM broadcasts. ■ RDS INFO ON Stereo reproduction in AM is not available. Press the TITLE button while listening to an RDS capable station. RDS INFO ON appears, and the station name is displayed. ■ To find an RDS station from your selected program category RDS Category TOC 1. Press the CATEGORY bar to display and select an RDS category. Switching the Audio Mode Press the MODE button on the steering wheel. 2 Audio Remote Controls P. 144 You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into preset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6 stations each. Features 2. Use SKIP or SCAN to select an RDS station. A.SEL function scans and stores up to 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations with a strong signal into the preset button memory. If you do not like the stations auto select has stored, you can manually store your preferred frequencies. 1Radio Data System (RDS) Index The display shows up to 31 characters of text data. Press and hold the TITLE button to see additional characters. indicates that the text data continues. The display goes back to the previous screen if you press and hold the button again. 147 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 148 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing the XM® Radio QRG (XM®) Button Press to select XM® Radio. TOC TITLE Button Press and release to cycle the display between the name, title, and category. Features Index 148 2014 TSX Playing the XM® Radio VOL/ Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. Preset Buttons (1-6) To store the channel: 1. Select the channel. 2. Pick a preset button and hold it until you hear a beep. To listen to a stored station, select XM, then press the preset button. CATEGORY Bar Press either side to display and select an XM® Radio category. SKIP Bar Press to skip to the previous or next channel. SCAN Button Press to sample all channels (in the channel mode), or channels within a category (in the category mode). Each sampling continues for a few seconds. Press SCAN again to cancel scanning and continue listening to the channel. Selector Knob Turn to select channels. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 149 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing the XM® Radio 2014 TSX QRG ■ To Play the XM® Radio 1. Press the 1Playing the XM® Radio button to select the XM® radio band (XM1 or XM2). 2. Press and hold the TITLE button to switch between the channel mode and category mode. If you press the MENU button, rotate to select MODE/CATEGORY or MODE CHANNEL. Each time you press , the mode switches between them. Press the button to enter the setting. 3. Select a channel using the TUNE ( buttons. ), SKIP, CATEGORY, SCAN, or Preset In the channel mode, all available channels are selectable. In the category mode, you can select a channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.). You can store 12 XM® stations in the preset buttons. XM1 and XM2 let you store 6 stations each. There may be instances when XM® Radio does not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title). This does not indicate a problem with your audio system. TOC Features ■ To Select a Channel from a List 1. Press to display a channel list. 2. Rotate to select a channel, then press . Channel list is shown. Index 149 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 150 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing a CD QRG 2014 TSX Playing a CD Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs and CD-RWs in either MP3 or WMA format. With the CD loaded, press the CD button. Knob VOL/ Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. TOC TITLE Button Press to display the text data on a CD (if it was recorded with text data). Features 150 CD Slot Insert a CD about halfway into the CD slot. (CD Eject) Button Press to eject a CD. CATEGORY Bar Press to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder in MP3 or WMA. Index CD Button Press to play a CD. SCAN Button You will get a 10-second sampling of each song. ● Press to sample all tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3 or WMA). ● Press two times to sample the first file in each of the main folders (MP3 or WMA). ● To turn off scan, press and hold the button. SKIP Bar Press or to change tracks (files in MP3 or WMA). Selector Knob Turn to change tracks/files. Turn to select an item, then press ENTER to set your selection. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 151 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing a CD 2014 TSX QRG ■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the 1Playing a CD Selector Knob (MP3/WMA) 1. Press     Folder Selection TOC Features Track Selection 2. Rotate     NOTICE to switch the display to a folder list. WMA files protected by digital rights management (DRM) cannot be played. The audio system displays UNSUPPORTED, then skips to the next file. to select a folder. Text data appears on the display under the following circumstances: • When you select a new folder, file, or track. • When you change the audio mode to CD. • When you insert a CD. 3. Press to change the display to a list of files in that folder. 4. Rotate Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can cause the CD to jam in the unit. to select a file, then press . The display shows up to 31 characters of text data. Press and hold the TITLE button to see additional characters. indicates that the text data continues. The display goes back to the previous screen if you press and hold the button again. If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot, the system reloads the CD automatically after several seconds. Index Continued 151 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 152 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing a CD 2014 TSX QRG ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode Press the RETURN button to go back to the previous display, and press the MENU button to cancel this setting mode. You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a track or files. 1. Press the MENU button.     TOC Features Play Mode Items Play Mode Menu Items NORMAL PLAY REPEAT ONE TRACK: Repeats the current track/ file(s). 2. Rotate to select PLAY MODE, then press .    3. Rotate to select a mode, then press REPEAT ONE FLD (MP3/WMA): Repeats all files in the current folder. RANDOM IN DISC: Plays all tracks/files in random order. . RANDOM IN FLD (MP3/WMA): Plays all files in the current folder in random order. SCAN TRK: Samples all tracks on the CD. (MP3/WMA): Samples all files in the current folder. SCAN FLD (MP3/WMA): Samples the first file in each folder. ■ To turn off a play mode 1. Press the MENU button. Index 152 2. Rotate to select PLAY MODE, then press 3. Rotate to select NORMAL PLAY, then press . . 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 153 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing an iPod® QRG 2014 TSX Playing an iPod® Connect the iPod® using your dock connector to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button. 2 USB Adapter Cable P. 141 VOL/ Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. AUX Button Press to select iPod® (if connected). TOC Features TITLE Button Press to display the text data. SKIP Bar Press or Index to change songs. Selector Knob Turn to select a song, file, menu item, or play mode. Press ENTER to set your selection. Continued 153 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 154 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing an iPod® 2014 TSX QRG ■ How to Select a File from the iPod® Menu iPod® Menu: Playlists, Artists, Albums, and Songs TOC 1. Press       Features 2. Rotate      3. Press 4. Rotate Index 154 1Playing an iPod® Available operating functions vary on models or versions. Some functions may not be available on the vehicle’s audio system. to display the iPod® menu. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio display. 2 iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 162 to select a menu. to display the items on that menu. to select an item, then press . 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 155 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing an iPod® 2014 TSX QRG ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items NORMAL PLAY You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a file. 1. Press the MENU button.     TOC Features Play Mode Items SHUFFLE OFF: Turns off the shuffle mode. REPEAT OFF: Turns off the repeat mode. REPEAT ONE TRACK: Repeats the current track. SHUFFLE ALL: Plays all available files in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums or songs) in random order. 2. Rotate to select PLAY MODE, then press .     3. Rotate to select a mode, then press SHUFFLE ALBUM: Plays all available albums in a selected list (playlists, artists, albums, or songs) in random order. . ■ To turn off a play mode 1. Press the MENU button. Index 2. Rotate to select PLAY MODE, then press 3. Rotate to select NORMAL PLAY, then press . . 155 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 156 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing a USB Flash Drive QRG 2014 TSX Playing a USB Flash Drive Your audio system reads and plays sound files on a USB flash drive in either MP3, WMA or AAC*1 format. Connect your USB flash drive to the USB adapter cable, then press the AUX button. 2 USB Adapter Cable P. 141 VOL/ Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. TOC TITLE Button Press to display the text data. Features CATEGORY Bar Press to skip to the next folder, and to skip to the beginning of the previous folder. SCAN Button You will get a 10-second sampling of each file. ● Press to sample all files in the current folder. ● Press two times to sample the first file in each of the main folders. ● To turn off scan, press and hold the button. Index *1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes® are playable on this audio unit. 156 AUX Button Press to select USB flash drive (if connected). SKIP Bar Press or to change files. Selector Knob Turn to select a file, then press ENTER set your selection. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 157 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing a USB Flash Drive 2014 TSX QRG ■ How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob 1. Press     Folder Selection TOC Features Track Selection 2. Rotate     to switch the display to a folder list. 1Playing a USB Flash Drive Use the recommended USB flash drives. 2 General Information on the Audio System P. 163 Files in WMA format protected by digital rights management (DRM) are not played. The audio system displays UNPLAYABLE FILE, and then skips to the next file. to select a folder. If there is a problem, you may see an error message on the audio display. 2 iPod®/USB Flash Drive P. 162 3. Press to change the display to a list of files in that folder. 4. Rotate to select a file, then press . Index Continued 157 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 158 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing a USB Flash Drive 2014 TSX QRG ■ How to Select a Play Mode 1How to Select a Play Mode Play Mode Menu Items You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file(s). 1. Press the MENU button.     NORMAL PLAY REPEAT ONE TRACK: Repeats the current file. REPEAT ONE FLD: Repeats all files in the current folder. RANDOM IN FLD: Plays all files in the current folder in random order. 2. Rotate to select PLAY MODE, then press .     TOC RANDOM ALL: Plays all files in random order. SCAN TRK: Samples all files in the current folder. Features SCAN FLD: Samples the first file in each folder. Play Mode Items 3. Rotate to select a mode, then press ■ To turn off a play mode 1. Press the MENU button. Index 158 2. Rotate to select PLAY MODE, then press 3. Rotate to select NORMAL PLAY, then press . . . 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 159 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing Bluetooth® Audio QRG 2014 TSX Playing Bluetooth® Audio Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth®compatible phone. 1Playing Bluetooth® Audio This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system. 2 Phone Setup P. 173 VOL/ Knob Press to turn the audio system on and off. Turn to adjust the volume. AUX Button Press to select Bluetooth® Audio. TOC Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming audio capabilities are compatible with the system. You can find an approved phone by visiting www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or by calling the HandsFreeLink® consumer support at 1-888-528-7876. In Canada, visit www.handsfreelink.ca , or call 1-888-528-7876. In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data device functions while driving. Features If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system, there will be a delay before the system begins to play. TITLE Button Press to confirm the device name. SKIP Bar Press or change files. to Selector Knob Turn to change files. Turn to select an item, then press ENTER to set your selection. Index Continued 159 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 160 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio System Basic Operation u Playing Bluetooth® Audio 2014 TSX QRG ■ To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files 1. Make sure that your phone is paired and connected to HFL. 2. Press the AUX button. If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-compatible phone, which is not compatible for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be connected. The pause function may not be available on some phones. ■ To pause or resume a file If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input jack, you may need to press the AUX button repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio system. 1. Press the MENU button. TOC 2. Rotate to select RESUME/PAUSE, then press Features Each time you press . , the setting switches between PAUSE and RESUME. ■ Switching to HFL Button Press the (HFL Talk) button on the steering wheel to receive a call when Bluetooth® Audio is playing. Press the (HFL Back) button to end the call and return to Bluetooth® Audio. Button 160 Switching to another mode pauses the music playing from your phone. 1Switching to HFL 2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 169 Index To play the audio files, you may need to operate your phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating instructions. If you receive a call while Bluetooth® Audio is in the pause mode, it will resume play after ending the call. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 161 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Audio Error Messages QRG 2014 TSX CD Player If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages. Error Message TOC Cause HEAT ERROR High temperature UNSUPPORTED Track/file format not supported BAD DISC PLEASE CHECK OWNERS MANUAL PUSH EJECT Solution Features ● Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until the error message is cleared. ● Current track/file will be skipped. The next supported track/file plays automatically. ● Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the error message is cleared. Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the disc again. ● Mechanical error 2 Protecting CDs P. 165 MECH ERROR ● CHECK DISK LOAD ● BAD DISC PLEASE CHECK OWNERS MANUAL Servo error CHECK DISC Disc error ● ● If the error message reappears, press the button, and pull out the disc. Insert a different disc. If the new disc plays, there is a problem with the first disc. If the error message repeats, or the disc cannot be removed, contact your dealer. Do not try to force the disc out of the player. Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed. 2 Protecting CDs P. 165 Index 161 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 162 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Audio Error Messages u iPod®/USB Flash Drive QRG 2014 TSX iPod®/USB Flash Drive If an error occurs while playing an iPod® or USB flash drive, you may see the following error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer. Error Message TOC Features Index 162 Solution USB ERROR Appears when there is a problem with the USB adapter unit. Check if the device is compatible with the USB adapter unit. BAD USB DEVICE PLEASE CHECK OWNERS MANUAL Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the error. iPod NO SONG Appears when the iPod® is empty. Check that compatible files are stored on the device. UNSUPPORTED VER. Appears when an unsupported iPod® is connected. If it appears when a supported iPod® is connected, update the iPod® software to the newer version. CONNECT RETRY Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod®. Reconnect the iPod®. UNPLAYABLE FILE Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This error message appears for about 3 seconds, then plays the next song. USB NO SONG Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in the USB flash drive. Check that compatible files are stored on the device. UNSUPPORTED Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when the supported device is connected, reconnect the device. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 163 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 General Information on the Audio System QRG ■ Subscribing to XM® Radio 1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in the display: Turn the selector knob until 0 appears. 2. Have your radio ID and credit card number ready, and either call or visit the XM® website to subscribe. ■ Receiving XM® Radio TOC 2014 TSX XM® Radio Service Press the (XM®) button and stay in this mode for about 30 minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with good reception. Features ■ XM® Radio Display Messages LOADING: XM® is loading the audio or program information. OFF AIR: The channel is not currently broadcasting. UPDATING: The encryption code is being updated. Channels 0 and 1 still work normally. NO SIGNAL: The signal is too weak in the current location. 1Subscribing to XM® Radio Contact Information for XM® Radio: US: XM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com, or 1-888-852-9696 Canada: XM® Canada at www.xmradio.ca, or 1-877-209-0079 1Receiving XM® Radio The XM® satellites are in orbit over the equator; therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and mountains the farther north you travel from the equator. You may experience reception problems under the following circumstances: • In a location with an obstruction to the south of your vehicle. • In tunnels • On the lower level of a multi-tiered road • Large items carried on the roof rack --------: No such channel exists, the channel is not part of your subscription, or the artist or title information is unavailable. ANTENNA: There is a problem with the XM® antenna. Contact a dealer. Index 163 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 164 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu General Information on the Audio System u Recommended CDs QRG • Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use. • Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed. • Play only standard round-shaped CDs. The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks. TOC Features ■ CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files • Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. • Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported. Index 164 2014 TSX Recommended CDs 1Recommended CDs A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not play either. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 165 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu General Information on the Audio System u Recommended CDs 2014 TSX QRG ■ Protecting CDs Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs: • Store a CD in its case when it is not being played. • When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge. • Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface. 1Protecting CDs NOTICE Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside and damage the audio unit. Examples: ● • Never insert foreign objects into the CD player. Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and excessively thick CDs • Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat. Bubbled/ Wrinkled • Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD. TOC With Label/ Sticker Using Printer Label Kit • Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD. Features Sealed ● Damaged CDs Chipped/ Cracked ● With Plastic Ring ● Warped Poor quality CDs Burrs Small CDs 3-inch (8-cm) CD Index 165 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 166 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu General Information on the Audio System u Compatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives QRG 2014 TSX Compatible iPod® and USB Flash Drives ■ iPod® Model Compatibility Model 1iPod® Model Compatibility This system may not work with all software versions of these devices. iPod® (5th generation) iPod classic® 80/160GB (launched in 2007) iPod classic® 120GB (launched in 2008) iPod classic® 160GB (launched in 2009) iPod touch® (1st to 4th generation *) * launched in 2011 iPod nano® (1st to 6th generation *) * launched in 2011 TOC Features ■ USB Flash Drives • Use a recommended USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher. • Some digital audio players may not be compatible. • Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work. • Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display. • Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported. Index 166 * Not available on all models 1USB Flash Drives Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored order. This order may be different from the order displayed on your PC or device. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 167 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver 2014 TSX QRG The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or home security systems. ■ Important Safety Precautions Refer to the safety information that comes with your garage door opener to test that the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety information, contact the manufacturer. TOC 1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls., Inc. Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage door opener, confirm that the opener has an external entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it. Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage. Features When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path. Training HomeLink If you have not trained any of the buttons in HomeLink before, you should erase any previously learned codes. To do this: Index Red Indicator • Press and hold the two outside buttons for about 20 seconds, until the red indicator blinks. Release the buttons, and proceed to step 1. • If you are training the second or third button, go directly to step 1. Continued 167 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 168 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu HomeLink® Universal Transceiver u Training HomeLink 2014 TSX QRG ■ Training a Button 1Training HomeLink 1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3-8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to program. 2. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the button on the remote transmitter. Does the HomeLink indicator (LED) blink after 10 secs? YES 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink. NO NO TOC 3. Features Press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for about a sec. Does the device (garage door opener) work? YES Training Complete 5. Index YES Press and hold the remote and the HomeLink button at the same time. Then, while continuing to hold the HomeLink button, press and release the button on the remote every 2 secs. Dose the LED blink within 20 secs? NO 4. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. HomeLink LED is on. Press and hold the HomeLink button again. The remote-controlled device should operate. Training Complete 168 a. Retraining a Button If you want to retrain a programmed button for a new device, you do not have to erase all button memory. You can replace the existing memory code using this procedure: HomeLink indicator blinks for 2 secs, then remains on. a. The remote has a rolling code. Press the “learn” button on the remote-controlled device (e.g. garage door opener). b. Within 30 secs, press and hold the programmed HomeLink button for 2 secs. Standard transmitter Rolling code transmitter Indicator remains on for about 25 secs. Indicator blinks rapidly for two secs, then remains on for about 23 secs. 2. Continue to hold the HomeLink button and follow steps 1 - 3 under “Training a Button.” Erasing Codes To erase all the codes, press and hold the two outside buttons until the HomeLink indicator begins to blink (about 10 to 20 secs). You should erase all codes before selling the vehicle. If you have any problems, see the device’s instructions, visit www.homelink.com, or call HomeLink at (800) 355-3515. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 169 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® 2014 TSX QRG Models with navigation system 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® See the Navigation System Manual for how to operate Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. Models without navigation system Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone. Using HFL To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing procedures, and special feature capabilities: • U.S.: Visit www.acura.com/handsfreelink, or call 1-888-528-7876. • Canada: Visit www.handsfreelink.ca, or call 1-888-528-7876. Voice control tips: • Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the windows, as noise coming from them may interfere with the microphone. ■ HFL Buttons TOC Features • Press and release the • • • (HFL Talk) Button (HFL Back) Button Audio Remote VOL (Volume) Buttons Microphone • (HFL Talk) Button: Press to give a command or answer a call. Index (HFL Back) Button: Press to end a call, go back to the previous command, or cancel a command. Continued button before giving a command. Speak clearly and naturally after a beep. If the microphone picks up voices other than yours, the command may be misinterpreted. A command that consists of several words can be spoken together. For example, say “Call 123-4567890” at once. When HFL is in use, navigation voice commands cannot be recognized. To change the volume level, use the audio system’s volume knob or the remote audio controls. State or local laws may prohibit the operation of handheld electronic devices while operating a vehicle. 169 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 170 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u Using HFL 2014 TSX QRG ■ Help Features 1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® • To hear general HFL information and help, say “Tutorial.” • Say “Hands free help” or “Help” any time to get help or hear a list of commands. HFL Limitations An incoming call on HFL will interrupt Bluetooth® Audio when it is playing. Audio will resume when the call is ended. TOC Features ■ HFL Status Display Signal Strength HFL Mode Roam Status Index 170 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any use of such marks by Honda Motors Co., Ltd., is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Battery Level Status Phone Number 1HFL Status Display The multi-information display notifies you when there is an incoming call. The information that appears on the multiinformation display varies between phone models. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 171 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus QRG 2014 TSX HFL Menus The ignition switch must be in ACCESSORY (q or ON (w to use HFL. To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle is parked. Press the (HFL Talk) button each time you give a command “Phone setup” TOC Features “Call”/“Dial” Index “Pair” Pair a phone to the system. “Edit” Edit the name of a paired phone. “Delete” Delete a paired phone from the system. “List” Hear a list of all phones paired to the system. “Status” Hear which paired phone is connected, and its remaining battery life. “Next phone” Search for another phone that has been paired. “Set pairing code” Set the pairing code to either “Fixed” or “Random.” e.g.: “123-456-####” Say a phone number. e.g.: “Jim Smith” Say a name after a phonebook entry is stored. “Redial” Redial the last number called. “Transfer” Transfer a call from HFL to your phone or from your phone to HFL. “Mute” Mute your voice to the person at the other end of the call. “Send” Send numbers or names during a call. Continued 171 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 172 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG “Phonebook” “Store” Store a phonebook entry. “Edit” Edit the number of an existing phonebook entry. “Delete” Delete a phonebook entry. “Receive contact” * Transfer contacts from your phone to HFL. “List” Hear a list of all stored phonebook entries. “Security” Apply a security passcode to the system that must be input at each key cycle to access the system. “Change passcode” Change your security passcode. “Call notification” Set how you want to be notified of an incoming call. “Auto transfer” Set to automatically transfer calls from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle. “Clear” Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries, and security passcode. TOC Features Index 172 “System setup” “Change language” * Switch the system language between English and French. “Tutorial” Hear a tutorial for general rules on using the system. “Hands-free help” Hear a list of available commands and additional information describing each command. * Not available on all models 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 173 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG ■ Phone Setup 1Phone Setup ■ To pair a cell phone Press the 1. If no phone has been paired to the system before, HFL gives you information about how to pair the first phone. If a phone has already been paired: say “Phone Setup” and “Pair” after the HFL prompts. Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to HFL before you can make and receive hands-free calls. 2. Follow the HFL prompts and put your phone in discovery or search mode. u HFL gives you a four-digit code and begins searching for your phone. TOC 3. When your phone finds a Bluetooth® device, select HFL from the options and enter the four-digit code. Features 4. Follow the HFL prompts and name the newly paired phone. ■ To rename a paired phone button and follow the prompts. Phone Pairing Tips: • You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is moving. • Up to six phones can be paired. • Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is paired to HFL. • If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found by the system within three minutes, the system will time out and returns to idle. 1. Say “Phone Setup.” 2. Say “Edit” after the prompts. 3. Follow the HFL prompts and rename the phone. u If there is more than one phone paired to the system, HFL will ask you which phone’s name you want to change. ■ To delete a paired phone 1. Say “Phone Setup.” Index 2. Say “Delete” after the prompts. 3. Follow the HFL prompts. u HFL will ask you which phone you want to delete. Continued 173 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 174 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG ■ To hear the name of all paired phones 1. Say “Phone Setup.” 2. Say “List” after the prompts. 3. HFL reads out all the paired phones’ names. ■ To hear which paired phone is currently connected 1. Say “Phone Setup.” 2. Say “Status” after the prompts. TOC 3. HFL will tell you which phone is connected with the system. Features ■ To change the currently connected phone 1. Say “Phone Setup.” 2. Say “Next Phone” after the prompts. 3. HFL disconnects the current phone, and searches for another paired phone. 4. Once another phone is found, it is connected to the system. HFL will inform you which phone is now connected. ■ To change the pairing code setting 1. Say “Phone Setup.” 2. Say “Set Pairing Code” after the prompts. Index 3. If you want HFL to create a random code each time you pair a phone, say “Random.” If you want to create your own four-digit code, say “Fixed.” 4. Follow the HFL prompts. 174 1Phone Setup If no other phones are found or paired when trying to switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the original phone is connected again. “Status” and “Next Phone” commands: Only one paired phone at a time can be connected to HFL. When there are two or more paired phones in the vehicle, the first paired phone that the system finds is connected. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 175 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG ■ Making a Call 1Making a Call You can make calls using any phone number or a name in the HFL phonebook, and redial the last number called. 2 HFL Phonebook P. 177 ■ Direct dialing a phone number Press the button and follow the prompts. HFL uses a Class 2 Bluetooth, with has a maximum range of about 30 feet (10 meters). HFL allows you to talk up to 30 minutes after you remove the key from the ignition switch. However, this may weaken the vehicle’s battery. 1. Say “Call” or “Dial.” 2. Say the number you want to dial after the prompts. 3. Say “Call” or “Dial” after the prompts. TOC Features ■ From the HFL phonebook 1. Say “Call” or “Dial.” 2. Say the name stored in the HFL phonebook after the prompts. 3. Follow the HFL prompts. ■ To redial the last number called by HFL Say “Redial.” ■ To end a call Press the (HFL back) button. Index Continued 175 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 176 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG ■ Receiving a Call 1Receiving a Call Press the button to answer the call, or the button to hang up. When there is an incoming call, a call notification (if activated) sounds and a message appears on the display. Press the call. ■ Transferring a Call You can transfer a call from HFL to your phone, or from your phone to HFL. Press the button and say “Transfer.” TOC Features You can send numbers and names during a call. This is useful when calling a menudriven phone system. ■ To send a number or name during a call 1. Say “Send.” 2. Say the number or name you want to send after the prompts. 176 3. Follow the HFL prompts. Ignore the incoming call if you do not want to answer it. button and say “Mute.” ■ Sending Numbers or Names During a Call Index button again to return to the original Press the button if you want to hang up the original and answer the incoming call. ■ Muting a Call To mute or unmute your voice during a call, press the Call Waiting Press the button and put the original call on hold to answer the incoming call. 1Sending Numbers or Names During a Call Press the button before a command. To send a # , say “Pound.” To send a * , say “Star.” 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 177 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG ■ HFL Phonebook 1HFL Phonebook You can store up to 50 names with their associated numbers in HFL. The numbers you store can be account numbers or passwords. These numbers can be sent to an automated phone system. ■ To store a phonebook entry Press the button before a command. • Avoid using duplicate name entries. • Avoid using “home” as a name entry. • It is easier for HFL to recognize a multisyllabic or longer name. For example, use “Peter” instead of “Pete,” or “John Smith” instead of “John.” 1. Say “Phonebook.” 2. Say “Store” after the prompts. 3. Say a name you want to list as your phonebook entry. TOC Features 4. Say the number you want to store for the name entry. 5. Follow the HFL prompts and say “Enter” to store the entry. ■ To edit the number stored for a name 1. Say “Phonebook.” 2. Say “Edit” after the prompts. 3. Say a name you want to edit. When asked, say the new number for that name. 4. Follow the HFL prompts and say “Enter” to store the entry. Index Continued 177 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 178 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG ■ To delete a name 1. Say “Phonebook.” 2. Say “Delete” after the prompts. 3. Say a name you want to delete. 4. Say “Yes,” and follow the HFL prompts. ■ To list all names in the phonebook 1. Say “Phonebook.” TOC 2. Say “List” after the prompts. Features 3. HFL begins reading the names in the order they were stored. 4. When you hear a name you want to call, say “Call.” ■ To store a specific phone number from your cell phone directly to the HFL phonebook * 1. Say “Phonebook.” 2. Say “Receive Contact” after the prompts. 3. Follow the HFL prompts, select a number from your cell phone, and send it to HFL. u If it is not the number you want to store, say “Discard.” 4. Say the name for that number. Index 178 5. Follow the HFL prompts to continue. * Not available on all models 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 179 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG ■ System Setup 1System Setup This command group allows you to change or customize HFL basic settings. button before a command. Once a passcode is set, you are required to enter the passcode with every new key cycle to use HFL. If you forget the code, go to your dealer to have the passcode reset. You can also cancel the passcode by clearing all the data stored in the HFL system. 2 To clear the system P. 180 ■ To set a four-digit passcode to lock the HFL system for security 1. Say “System Setup.” 2. Say “Security.” 3. Follow the HFL prompts and say the four-digit number of your choice. The default setting of the incoming notification is a ring tone. 4. Follow the HFL prompts and confirm the number. TOC Press the Features ■ To change the security passcode 1. Say “System Setup.” 2. Say “Change Passcode” after the prompts. 3. Say the new four-digit passcode after the HFL prompts. 4. Follow the HFL prompts. ■ To select a ring tone or a prompt as the incoming call notification 1. Say “System Setup.” 2. Say “Call Notification” after the prompts. 3. Say “Ring Tone” or “Prompt” after the prompts. For no audible notification, say “Off.” Index Continued 179 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 180 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® u HFL Menus 2014 TSX QRG ■ To activate or deactivate the auto transfer function 1System Setup The call on your cell phone can be automatically transferred to HFL when you get into the vehicle and turn on the ignition. Press the 1. Say “System Setup.” You can clear the system when you have forgotten the passcode and cannot access HFL. When HFL asks you for the passcode, say “System Clear.” 2. Say “Auto Transfer” after the prompts. HFL lets you know the current status. 3. Follow the HFL prompts to change the setting. button before a command. ■ To clear the system TOC Paired phones, all stored or imported phonebook data, and any passcodes are erased. Features 1. Say “System Setup.” 2. Say “Clear” after the prompts. 3. Follow the HFL prompts. ■ Change Language * You can set the system language to French or English. 1. Say “Change Language.” 2. Follow the HFL prompts. Index 180 If you have not named your paired phone in the selected language, HFL will ask you to name it in that language. * Not available on all models 1Change Language * Press the button before a command. Quick Language Selection If you want to change the language, to French for example, say “Français,” and follow the prompt. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 181 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Compass * 2014 TSX QRG When you turn the ignition switch to ON (w , the compass self-calibrates, and the compass display appears. Compass Calibration If the compass indicates the wrong direction, or the CAL indicator blinks, you need to manually calibrate the system. 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 2. Press and hold the MENU button until the display shows the compass setting menu list. TOC Features Compass Setting Menu Items 3. Rotate to select CALIBRATION, then press . 4. When the display changes to PUSH CAL START, press . 1Compass * Compass operation can be affected under the following conditions: • Driving near power lines or stations • Crossing a bridge • Passing a large vehicle, or driving near a large object that can cause a magnetic disturbance • When accessories such as antennas and roof racks are mounted by magnets 1Compass Calibration Calibrate the compass in an open area. While setting the compass: • The RETURN button returns to the previous screen. • The MENU button cancels the setting mode. 5. Drive the vehicle slowly in two circles. u The compass starts to show a direction after the calibration. The CAL indicator goes off. Index * Not available on all models 181 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 182 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Compass * u Compass Zone Selection QRG 2014 TSX Compass Zone Selection 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 1Compass Zone Selection 2. Press and hold the MENU button until the display shows the compass setting menu list. 3. Rotate to select ZONE, then press The display shows the current zone number. Zone Number . 4. Rotate to select the zone number of your area (See Zone Map), then press . TOC Zone Map Features 2 15 14 3 4 12 5 Index Guam Island: Zone 8 Puerto Rico: Zone 11 182 13 6 7 8 9 10 11 The zone selection is done to compensate the variation between magnetic north and true north. If the calibration starts while the audio system is in use, the display returns to normal after the calibration is completed. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 183 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Driving This chapter discusses driving, refueling, and information on items such as accessories. Index Before Driving Driving Preparation .......................... 184 Maximum Load Limit........................ 187 Towing a Trailer Towing Preparation.......................... 189 Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 191 Towing Your Vehicle ........................ 192 When Driving Starting the Engine .......................... 193 Precautions While Driving................. 195 Automatic Transmission ................... 196 Automatic transmission Shifting............................................ 197 Manual transmission Shifting............................................ 201 Cruise Control ................................. 203 Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System ............... 206 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)... 208 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation........... 210 Braking Brake System ................................... 212 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 214 Brake Assist System ......................... 215 Parking Your Vehicle When Stopped ................................ 216 Refueling Fuel Information .............................. 217 How to Refuel ................................. 218 Fuel Economy.................................... 220 Improving Fuel Economy.................. 220 Accessories and Modifications Accessories ...................................... 221 Modifications................................... 221 183  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 184 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Before Driving QRG 2014 TSX Driving Preparation Check the following items before you start driving. ■ Exterior Checks • Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior lights, or other parts of the vehicle. u Remove any frost, snow, or ice. u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened. u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel or wheel components. • Make sure the hood is securely closed. u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked. TOC Driving Index 184 • Make sure the tires are in good condition. u Check air pressure, check for damage and excessive wear. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 261 • Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle. u There are blind spots from the inside. 1Exterior Checks NOTICE When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force them open, as this can damage the rubber trim around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid further freezing. Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder. You will be unable to insert key if the water freezes in the hole. Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite flammable materials left under the hood, causing a fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended period, inspect and remove any debris that may have collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover flammable materials after you or someone else has performed maintenance on your vehicle. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 185 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Before Driving u Driving Preparation 2014 TSX QRG ■ Interior Checks 1Interior Checks • Store or secure all items on board properly. u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe. 2 Maximum Load Limit P. 187 The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. • Do not pile items higher than the seat height. u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden braking. • Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor mat. u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator pedal operation while driving. TOC Driving • If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle. u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur. • Securely close and lock all doors and the trunk. 2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 93 • Adjust your seating position properly. u Adjust the head restraint, too. 2 Adjusting the Seats P. 117 2 Adjusting the Head Restraints P. 119 Index • Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving. u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position. 2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 115 2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 114 Continued 185  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 186 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Before Driving u Driving Preparation 2014 TSX QRG • Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the seats. u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats. • Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt. 2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 29 • Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the vehicle, and go off soon after. u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated. 2 Indicators P. 64 TOC Driving Index 186 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 187 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Before Driving u Maximum Load Limit QRG 2014 TSX Maximum Load Limit 1Maximum Load Limit The maximum load for your vehicle is 850 lbs (385 kg). See Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver's doorjamb. 3 WARNING Overloading or improper loading can affect handling and stability and cause a crash in which you can be hurt or killed. Label Example Follow all load limits and other loading guidelines in this manual. TOC This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer. Driving Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle's placard. (2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue load. 2 Specifications P. 310 P. 310 Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR): The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle. 2 Specifications P. 310 P. 310 (3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. Index (4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,4000 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) Continued 187  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 188 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Before Driving u Maximum Load Limit 2014 TSX QRG (5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4. (6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants, accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver's doorjamb. TOC Load Limits Example Driving Example1 Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs (68 kg x 2 = 136 kg) Cargo Weight 550 lbs (249 kg) Max Load 850 lbs (385 kg) Passenger Weight 150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs (68 kg x 5 = 340 kg) Cargo Weight 100 lbs (45 kg) Example2 Index 188 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 189 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Towing a Trailer QRG 2014 TSX Towing Preparation ■ Towing Load Limits 1Towing Load Limits Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving. ■ Total trailer weight Maximum allowable weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in or on it must not exceed 1,000 lbs (450 kg). Towing loads in excess of this can seriously affect vehicle handling and performance and can damage the engine and drivetrain. Total Load ■ Tongue load TOC Driving The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded trailer on the hitch should be approximately 10% of the total trailer weight. Tongue Load Index • Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway. • To achieve a proper tongue load, start by loading 60% of the load toward the front of the trailer and 40% toward the rear. Readjust the load as needed. Continued 3 WARNING Exceeding any load limit or improperly loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Check the loading of your vehicle and trailer carefully before starting to drive. Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale. If a public scale is not available, add the estimated weight of your cargo load to the weight of your trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and the tongue load. Break-in Period Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle’s first 600 miles (1,000 km). Never exceed the gross weight ratings. Gross weight information 2 Vehicle Specifications P. 308 P. 310 189  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 190 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Towing a Trailer u Towing Preparation 2014 TSX QRG ■ Towing Equipment and Accessories Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing, and where you are towing. ■ Hitches The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody. ■ Safety chains Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground. ■ Trailer brakes TOC Driving There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes, be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a potential hazard. ■ Additional towing equipment Many states and provinces/territories require special outside mirrors when towing a trailer. Even if mirrors are not required in your locale, you should install special mirrors if visibility is restricted in any way. Index 190 ■ Trailer light Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the requirements in the area where you plan to tow. 1Towing Equipment and Accessories Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/ territory, and local regulations. Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other items are recommended or required for your towing situation. The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type and brand. If a connector is required, it should only be installed by a qualified technician. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 191 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Towing a Trailer u Driving Safely with a Trailer QRG 2014 TSX Driving Safely with a Trailer ■ Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer 1Driving Safely with a Trailer Operating speed when towing a trailer is restricted up to 62 mph (100 km/h). • Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition. • Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits. 2 Towing Load Limits P. 189 • Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer. Parking In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel chocks at each of the trailer’s tires. • Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while driving. • Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly. • Check the pressures of the trailer tires, including the spare. TOC Driving ■ Towing Speeds and Gears • Drive slower than normal. • Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers. Automatic transmission models • Use the (D position when towing a trailer on level roads. ■ Turning and Braking Index • Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal. • Allow more time and distance for braking. • Do not brake or turn suddenly. Continued 191  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 192 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Towing a Trailer u Towing Your Vehicle 2014 TSX QRG ■ Driving in Hilly Terrain • Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the air conditioning and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool down the engine if necessary. Automatic transmission models • Shift to the (S position if the transmission shifts frequently. 1Driving in Hilly Terrain Automatic transmission models If you use the paddle shifters when driving uphill and downhill, select 3rd, 2nd, or 1st gear, depending on the vehicle speed and road conditions. Do not use 4th and 5th gears. Gear Position 1st 2nd,3rd Speed Range 0 - 42 mph (0 - 67 km/h) 19 - 62 mph (30 - 100 km/h) Automatic transmission models TOC Towing Your Vehicle Driving Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information. 2 Emergency Towing P. 303 Index 192 If the automatic transmission fluid temperature exceeds the specified limit, the transmission will also automatically downshift to the 1st gear, even in the sequential shift mode. The gear position indicator blinks for a few seconds, then stays on. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 193 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 When Driving QRG 2014 TSX Starting the Engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is applied. 1Starting the Engine Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when starting the engine. The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400 meters). Brake Pedal Automatic transmission models 2. Check that the shift lever is in (P , then depress the brake pedal. u Although it is possible to start the vehicle in (N , it is safer to start it in (P . TOC Driving Clutch Pedal Manual transmission models 2. Check that the shift lever is in (N . Then depress the brake pedal with your right foot, and the clutch pedal with your left foot. u The clutch pedal must be fully depressed to start the engine. Index When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all electrical accessories such as the lights, climate control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce battery drain. If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold, an engine block heater will improve starting and warming of the engine. If temperatures consistently below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration to prevent freezing. Consult a dealer for details. If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with the engine or exhaust system. Brake Pedal Continued 193  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 194 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Starting the Engine 2014 TSX QRG 3. Turn the ignition switch to START (e without depressing the accelerator pedal. ■ Starting to Drive Automatic transmission models TOC 1. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, release the parking brake. Check that the parking brake indicator has gone off. Driving 2 Parking Brake P. 212 2. Put the shift lever in (D . Select (R when reversing. 3. Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to pull away. Index 194 1Starting the Engine Do not hold the key in START (e for more than 15 seconds. • If the engine does not start right away, wait for at least 10 seconds before trying again. • If the engine starts, but then immediately stops, wait at least 10 seconds before repeating step 3 while gently depressing the accelerator pedal. Release the accelerator pedal once the engine starts. The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is used, the engine’s fuel system is disabled. 2 Immobilizer System P. 99 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 195 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Precautions While Driving QRG ■ In Rain Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or driveline, or cause electrical component failure. ■ Other Precautions If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location. Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks. TOC 2014 TSX Precautions While Driving 1Precautions While Driving NOTICE Do not operate the shift lever while pressing the accelerator pedal. You could damage the transmission. NOTICE If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel on the full left or right position for a while, the electric power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system goes into a protective mode, and limits its performance. The steering wheel becomes harder and harder to operate. Once the system cools down, the EPS system is restored. Driving Repeated operation under these conditions can eventually damage the system. If the ignition switch is turned to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0 while driving, the engine will shut down and all steering and brake power assist functions will stop, making it difficult to control the vehicle. Do not put the shift lever in (N , as you will lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance. Index During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation, avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so as to not damage the engine or powertrain. Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km). You should also follow this when the brake pads are replaced. 195  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 196 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Automatic Transmission QRG Automatic Transmission ■ Creeping The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases. Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped. ■ Kickdown Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves. TOC Driving Index 196 2014 TSX 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 197 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Shifting QRG 2014 TSX Automatic transmission models Shifting 1Shifting Change the shift position in accordance with your driving needs. You cannot turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 and remove the key unless the shift lever is in (P . ■ Shift lever positions Park Used when parking or starting the engine The vehicle may move forward very slightly even in (N while the engine is cold. Depress the brake pedal firmly and, when necessary, apply the parking brake. Reverse Used when reversing Neutral Used when idling TOC Driving Index Drive Used: ● For normal driving (gears change between 1st and 5th automatically) ● When temporarily driving in the sequential mode Drive (S) Used for: ● Automatically changing gears between 1st and 4th (4th gear is used only at high speed) ● Driving in the sequential mode Continued 197  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 198 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Shifting 2014 TSX QRG ■ Shift Lever Operation 1Shift Lever Operation NOTICE When you change the shift lever from (D to (R and vice versa, come to a complete stop and keep the brake pedal depressed. Tachometer’s red zone Shift Lever Position Indicator M (Sequential Shift mode) Indicator/ Gear Position Indicator TOC Operating the shift lever before the vehicle has come to a complete standstill can damage the transmission. Use the shift lever position indicator to check the lever position before pulling away. If the transmission indicator blinks when driving, in any shift position, there is a problem with the transmission. Driving Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission checked by a dealer as soon as possible. Depress the brake pedal and press the shift lever release button to shift. Shift without pressing the shift lever release button. Press the shift lever release button and shift. The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a slight jolt. It may not be possible to operate the shift lever if the brake pedal is applied while the shift lever release button is held down. Depress the brake pedal first. Index 198 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 199 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Shifting 2014 TSX QRG ■ Sequential Shift Mode Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 5th gears without removing your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential shift mode. ■ When the shift lever is in (D : The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode momentarily, and the gear position indicator will come on. Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential shift mode will automatically switch off, and the gear position indicator will go off. Hold the (+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive. TOC Driving ■ When the shift lever is in (S : The vehicle will go into the sequential shift mode, and the M (sequential shift) indicator and gear position indicator will come on. At speeds of 6 mph (10 km/h) or less, the vehicle automatically shifts down into 1st gear. It will not automatically shift up, even if vehicle speed increases. You can only pull away in 1st or 2nd gear. When switching out of the sequential shift mode, move the shift lever from (S to (D . When the sequential shift mode is canceled, the sequential shift mode indicator and shift indicator go off. Index Continued 199  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 200 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Shifting 2014 TSX QRG ■ Second gear lock mode If you pull the (+ paddle shifter while stopped or driving at 6 mph (10 km/h) or less, the gear position will be locked in 2nd gear. This makes it easier to pull away on slippery surfaces such as snow covered roads. To cancel the 2nd gear lock mode, pull the (- paddle shifter, or move the shift lever from (S to (D . ■ Sequential Shift Mode Operation (- Paddle Shifter (Shift down) 1Sequential Shift Mode Operation (+ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) TOC 200 To change gears continuously, release the paddle shifter before pulling it again for the next gear. Recommended Shift Points Use this table as a guideline for efficient fuel economy and effective emission control. Driving Index Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear change. Shift Up 1st to 2nd 2nd to 3rd 3rd to 4th 4th to 5th Downshifting when pulling the (- paddle shifter. (Changes to a lower gear) Upshifting when pulling the (+ paddle shifter (Changes to a higher gear) Normal Acceleration 15 mph (24 km/h) 25 mph (40 km/h) 40 mph (64 km/h) 45 mph (72 km/h) If the gear position indicator blinks when you try to shift up or down, this means your vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear shifting range. Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift down while the indicator is blinking. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 201 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Shifting QRG 2014 TSX Manual transmission models Shifting 1Shifting ■ Shift Lever Operation NOTICE Fully depress the clutch pedal to operate the shift lever and change gears, then slowly release the pedal. Do not shift to (R before the vehicle comes to a complete stop. Shifting to (R before stopping can damage the transmission. Depress the clutch pedal, and pause for a few seconds before shifting into (R , or shift into one of the forward gears for a moment. This stops the gears so they do not “grind.” When you are not shifting, do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal. This can cause your clutch to wear out faster. Before downshifting, make sure the engine will not go into the tachometer’s red zone. Should this occur, it can severely damage your engine. TOC NOTICE There is a metallic part on the shift lever. If you leave the vehicle parked outside for a long time on a hot day, be careful before moving the shift lever. Because of heat, the shift lever may be extremely hot. If the outside temperature is low, the shift lever may feel cold. Driving Recommended Shift Points Driving in the highest gear that allows the engine to run and accelerate smoothly helps to optimize fuel economy and effective emissions control. The following shift points are recommended: Shift Up Normal Acceleration 1st to 2nd 17 mph (27 km/h) 2nd to 3rd 29 mph (46 km/h) 3rd to 4th 37 mph (59 km/h) 4th to 5th 43 mph (69 km/h) 5th to 6th 49 mph (79 km/h) If you exceed the maximum speed for the gear you are in, the engine speed will enter into the tachometer’s red zone. When this happens, you may experience a slight jolt. Index Continued 201  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 202 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Shifting 2014 TSX QRG ■ Reverse Lockout The manual transmission has a lockout mechanism that stops you from accidentally shifting into (R from a forward gear while the vehicle is moving at a certain speed. If you cannot shift to (R when the vehicle is stopped, do the following: 1. Depress the clutch pedal, move the shift lever all the way to the left, and shift to (R . 2. If you still cannot shift into (R , apply the parking brake, and turn the ignition switch to ACCESSORY (q or LOCK (0 . 3. Depress the clutch pedal and shift into (R . TOC Driving Index 202 4. Keep depressing the clutch pedal and start the engine. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer if you have to go through this procedure repeatedly. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 203 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Cruise Control QRG 2014 TSX Cruise Control Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration. ■ Vehicle speed for cruise control: Automatic transmission models Always keep sufficient distance between you and the vehicle in front of you. Use the cruise control only when traveling on open highways in good weather. ■ Shift positions for cruise control: It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed when driving uphill or downhill. In (D or (S How to use TOC ■ CRUISE MAIN is on in the instrument panel. Driving ■ Press the CRUISE button on 3 WARNING Improper use of the cruise control can lead to a crash. When to use Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~ 1Cruise Control When the engine speed slows down, try to downshift. You can maintain the set speed if you change gear within five seconds. Cruise control is ready to use. the steering wheel. Index Continued 203  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 204 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Cruise Control 2014 TSX QRG ■ To Set the Vehicle Speed 1To Set the Vehicle Speed DECEL/SET Button On On Press and Release On when cruise control begins. TOC Driving Index 204 Press the DECEL/SET button when you reach the desired speed using the accelerator pedal. The moment you release the DECEL/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on. When not using cruise control: Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE button. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 205 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Cruise Control 2014 TSX QRG ■ To Adjust the Vehicle Speed 1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/ACCEL or DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel. You can set the vehicle speed using the DECEL/SET button on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with the accelerator and brake pedals. To increase speed To decrease speed TOC • Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h). Driving • If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you release it. This speed is then set. ■ To Cancel CRUISE Button 1To Cancel To cancel cruise control, do any of the following: • Press the CANCEL button. • Press the CRUISE button. • Depress the brake pedal. Index • Depress the clutch pedal for five seconds or more. CANCEL Button The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off. Resuming the prior set speed: After cruise control has been canceled, you can still resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/ ACCEL button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h) or more. You cannot set or resume in the following situations: • When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h) • When the CRUISE button is turned off At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise control is canceled automatically. 205  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 206 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System QRG Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces. It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes. ■ VSA® Operation When VSA® activates, you may notice that the engine does not respond to the accelerator. You may also notice some noise from the hydraulic system. You will also see the indicator blink. TOC Driving Index 206 VSA® System Indicator 2014 TSX 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and type of tire, and the air pressures as specified. When the VSA® indicator comes on and stays on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While this may not interfere with normal driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations and does not control the entire braking system. You still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and always leave a sufficient margin of safety. The main function of the VSA® system is generally known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The system also includes a traction control function. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 207 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System 2014 TSX QRG ■ VSA® On and Off This button is on the driver side control panel. To turn the VSA® system on and off, press and hold it until you hear a beep. VSA® OFF Indicator VSA® stops and the indicator comes on. To turn it on again, press the button until you hear a beep. TOC (VSA® OFF) VSA® is turned on every time you start the engine, even if you turned it off the last time you drove the vehicle. 1Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System Without VSA®, your vehicle will have normal braking and cornering ability, but it will not have VSA® traction and stability enhancement. In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off. When the VSA® system is off, the traction control system is also off. You should only attempt to free your vehicle with VSA® off if you are not able to free it when the system is on. Driving Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving your vehicle with the VSA® and traction control systems switched off. If the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on or blinks, the VSA® system turns on automatically. In this case, you cannot turn the system off by pressing the button. Index You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal. 207  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 208 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) QRG TOC Monitors the tire pressure while you are driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes significantly low, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on and a message appears on the multi-information display. 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ■ Tire Pressure Monitor 1Tire Pressure Monitor Driving To select the tire pressure monitor, turn the ignition switch to ON (w and press the (information) button until you see the tire pressure screen. If all the tire pressures are normal, TIRE PRESSURE OK will be displayed. To display the pressure of all four tires, press the SEL/RESET button. The pressure for each tire is displayed in PSI (U.S.) or kPa (Canada). Index 208 2014 TSX Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Conditions such as low ambient temperature and altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can trigger the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator to come on. 2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks P. 297 The pressure displayed on the multi-information display can be slightly different from the actual pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a significant difference between the two values, or if the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator and the message on the multi-information display do not go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified pressure, have the system checked by a dealer. SYSTEM FUNCTION ERROR may appear if you drive with the compact spare tire, or there is a problem with the TPMS. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 209 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) 2014 TSX QRG If any tire has low pressure, LOW TIRE PRESSURE is displayed on the multiinformation display. Check the pressure of each tire by pressing the SEL/RESET button. 1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Tire pressure checked and inflated in: • Warm weather can become under-inflated in colder weather. • Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer weather. The low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will not come on as a result of over inflation. CHECK TIRE PRESSURE is displayed when a tire has significantly low pressure. The specific tire is displayed on the screen. TOC Driving Index 209  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 210 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation QRG Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Required Federal Explanation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) TOC As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Driving Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Index 210 Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. 2014 TSX 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 211 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu When Driving u Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation 2014 TSX QRG Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. TOC Driving Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. Index 211  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 212 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Braking QRG 2014 TSX Brake System ■ Parking Brake 1Parking Brake Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parking. To apply: Pull the lever fully up without pressing the release button. NOTICE Release the parking brake fully before driving. The rear brakes and axle can be damaged if you drive with the parking brake applied. If you start driving without fully releasing the parking brake, a buzzer sounds as a warning, and RELEASE PARKING BRAKE appears on the multi-information display. Always apply the parking brake when parking. TOC Driving Index 212 To release: 1. Pull the lever slightly, and press and hold the release button. 2. Lower the lever down all the way, then release the button. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 213 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Braking u Brake System 2014 TSX QRG ■ Foot Brake Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when braking very hard. 2 Brake Assist System P. 215 2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 214 TOC 1Foot Brake Check the brakes after driving through deep water, or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the pedal several times. If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when applying the brakes, the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer. Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a lower gear. With manual transmission use a lower gear for greater engine braking. Driving Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad life. It will also confuse drivers behind you. Index 213  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 214 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Braking u Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) QRG ■ ABS Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you. The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading. You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as “stomp and steer.” ■ ABS operation TOC 2014 TSX Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Driving The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice. When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops. 1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) NOTICE The ABS may not function correctly if you use an incorrect tire type and size. When the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there may be a problem with the system. While normal braking is not affected, there is a possibility of the ABS not operating. Have the vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. The ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle. It only helps with steering control during hard braking. In the following cases, your vehicle may need more stopping distance than a vehicle without the ABS: • When driving on rough road surfaces, including when driving on uneven surfaces, such as gravel or snow. • When tire chains are installed. You may hear a motor sound coming from the engine compartment while system checks are being performed immediately after starting the engine or while driving. This is normal. Index 214 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 215 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Braking u Brake Assist System QRG Brake Assist System 2014 TSX ■ Brake Assist System Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress the brake pedal hard during emergency braking. ■ Brake assist system operation Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking. When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down. TOC Driving Index 215  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 216 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Parking Your Vehicle QRG 2014 TSX When Stopped 1. Depress the brake pedal firmly. 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. Automatic transmission models 1Parking Your Vehicle Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects, such as dry grass, oil, or timber. Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire. 3. Move the shift lever from (D to (P . 1When Stopped Manual transmission models 3. Move the shift lever to (R or (1 . 4. Turn off the engine. Always set the parking brake firmly, in particular if you are parked on an incline. TOC Driving Index 216 NOTICE Automatic transmission models The following can damage the transmission: • Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals simultaneously. • Holding the vehicle in place when facing uphill by depressing the accelerator pedal. • Moving the shift lever into (P before the vehicle stops completely. Raise the wiper arms when snow is expected. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 217 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Refueling QRG ■ Fuel recommendation Unleaded premium gasoline, pump octane number 91 or higher 4-cylinder models Use of lower octane gasoline can cause occasional metallic knocking noise in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. Use of gasoline with a pump octane less than 87 can lead to engine damage. 6-cylinder models Your vehicle is designed to operate on premium unleaded gasoline with a pump octane of 91 or higher. If this octane grade is unavailable, regular unleaded gasoline with a pump octane of 87 or higher may be used temporally. TOC 2014 TSX Fuel Information 1Fuel Information NOTICE We recommend quality gasoline containing detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain good performance, fuel economy, and emissions control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is available. Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely affect performance, and cause the malfunction indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on. If this happens, contact a dealer for service. Driving The use of regular unleaded gasoline can cause metallic knocking noises in the engine and will result in decreased engine performance. The long-term use of regular-grade gasoline can lead to engine damage. ■ Top tier detergent gasoline Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Acura endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines. Index Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission control system. Continued 217  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 218 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Refueling u How to Refuel 2014 TSX QRG For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit Acura Owners at owners.acura.com In Canada, visit www.acura.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com. ■ Gasoline containing ethanol Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on oxygenated gasoline containing up to 10% ethanol by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol. If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try another service station or switch to another brand of gasoline. TOC Driving ■ Fuel tank capacity: 18.5 US gal (70 liters) How to Refuel To Lock To Unlock Master Door Lock Switch Index 218 1How to Refuel 1. Stop your vehicle with the service station pump on the left side of the vehicle in the rear. 3 WARNING 2. Turn off the engine. Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive. You can be burned or seriously injured when handling fuel. 3. Unlock the driver’s door using the master door lock switch. u The fuel fill door on the outer side of the vehicle will unlock. • Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks, and flame away. • Handle fuel only outdoors. • Wipe up spills immediately. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 219 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Refueling u How to Refuel 2014 TSX QRG Fuel Fill Door 4. Press the area indicated by the arrow to release the fuel fill door. You will hear a click. 1How to Refuel Use the master door lock switch to unlock the fuel fill door. The vehicle doors and fuel fill door automatically relock if the remote unlock function is used. This can be deactivated by briefly opening then closing the driver’s door. Press NOTICE 5. Remove the fuel fill cap slowly. If you hear a release of air, wait until this stops, then turn the knob slowly to open the fuel fill cap. The fuel fill door and its latching mechanism can be permanently damaged if the fuel fill door is forced closed when the driver’s door is locked. The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result of changes in air temperature. TOC Driving Cap Cap 6. Place the fuel fill cap in the holder. 7. Insert the fuel filler nozzle fully. u When the tank is full, the fuel nozzle will click off automatically. This leaves space in the fuel tank in case the fuel expands with a change in the temperature. Index Holder If the fuel nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer. Do not continue to add fuel after the nozzle has automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed the full tank capacity. 8. After filling, replace the fuel fill cap, tightening it until you hear it click at least once. u Shut the fuel fill door by hand. 219  14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 220 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Fuel Economy QRG Fuel economy depends on several conditions, including driving conditions, your driving habits, the condition of your vehicle, and loading. Depending on these and other conditions, you may or may not achieve the rated fuel economy of this vehicle. ■ Maintenance and Fuel Economy You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle. Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the multi-information display. • Use the recommended viscosity engine oil, displaying the API Certification Seal. • Maintain the specified tire pressure. • Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo. TOC Driving Index 220 2014 TSX Improving Fuel Economy • Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside adds weight and increases wind resistance. 1Improving Fuel Economy Direct calculation is the recommended method to determine actual fuel consumed while driving. Miles driven Gallons of fuel Miles per Gallon 100 Liter Kilometers L per 100 km In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are established following a simulated test. For more information on how this test is performed, please visit http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/ 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 221 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Accessories and Modifications QRG 2014 TSX Accessories When installing accessories, check the following: • Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and delay your reaction to driving conditions. • Do not install any accessories over areas marked SRS Airbag, on the sides or backs of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows. Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags deploy. • Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with proper operation of your vehicle. 2 Fuses P. 298 • Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation. TOC 1Accessories and Modifications 3 WARNING Improper accessories or modifications can affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and performance, and cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding accessories and modifications. Acura Genuine accessories are recommended to ensure proper operation on your vehicle. Driving Modifications Do not modify your vehicle or use non-Acura components that can affect its handling, stability, and reliability. is Overall vehicle performance can be affected. Always make sure all equipment properly installed and maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations. Index 221 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 222 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Index 222 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 223 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Maintenance This chapter discusses basic maintenance. Index Before Performing Maintenance Inspection and Maintenance ............ 224 Safety When Performing Maintenance...225 Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service ........................................... 226 Maintenance MinderTM ..................... 227 Maintenance Under the Hood Maintenance Items Under the Hood.. 231 Opening the Hood ........................... 233 Recommended Engine Oil ................ 236 Oil Check ......................................... 237 Adding Engine Oil ............................ 239 Engine Coolant ................................ 242 Transmission Fluid............................ 244 Brake/Clutch Fluid............................ 246 Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 248 Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 249 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades .......................................... 259 Checking and Maintaining Tires Checking Tires ................................. 261 Tire and Loading Information Label .. 262 Tire Labeling .................................... 262 DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)..264 Wear Indicators ............................... 266 Tire Service Life................................ 266 Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 267 Tire Rotation.................................... 268 Winter Tires ..................................... 269 Battery............................................... 270 Remote Transmitter Care................. 272 Replacing the Battery....................... 272 Climate Control System Maintenance ..273 Cleaning Interior Care .................................... 274 Exterior Care.................................... 276 223   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 224 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Before Performing Maintenance QRG For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. (Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in effect.) Refer to the separate maintenance booklet for detailed maintenance and inspection information. ■ Types of Inspection and Maintenance ■ Daily inspections Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when refueling. ■ Periodic inspections • Check the automatic transmission fluid level monthly. 2 Automatic Transmission Fluid P. 244 TOC • Check the brake fluid level monthly. Maintenance 224 1Inspection and Maintenance U.S. models Maintenance, replacement, or repair of emissions control devices and systems may be done by any automotive repair establishment or individuals using parts that are “certified” to EPA standards. According to state and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on the maintenance main items marked with # will not void your emissions warranties. However, all maintenance services should be performed in accordance with the intervals indicated by the multi-information display. 2 Maintenance Service Items P. 229 If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks that require more skills and tools, purchase the service manual. 2 Authorized Manuals P. 319 2 Brake/Clutch Fluid P. 246 • Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects. 2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 261 • Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly. 2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 249 Index 2014 TSX Inspection and Maintenance • Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months. 2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 259 If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first. After performing maintenance, update the records in the separate maintenance booklet. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 225 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Before Performing Maintenance u Safety When Performing Maintenance QRG Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance. Only you can decide whether or not you should perform a given task. ■ Maintenance Safety • To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames away from the battery and all fuel related parts. Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood. u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire. • To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not gasoline. • Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or compressed air. TOC Maintenance Index 2014 TSX Safety When Performing Maintenance • Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you. u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation. ■ Vehicle Safety 1Safety When Performing Maintenance 3 WARNING Improperly maintaining this vehicle or failing to correct a problem before driving can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the inspection and maintenance recommendations according to the schedules in this owner’s manual. 3 WARNING Failure to properly follow maintenance instructions and precautions can cause you to be seriously hurt or killed. Always follow the procedures and precautions in this owner’s manual. • The vehicle must be in a stationary condition. u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and the engine is off. • Be aware that hot parts can burn you. u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before touching vehicle parts. • Be aware that moving parts can injure you. u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away from moving parts. 225   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 226 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Before Performing Maintenance u Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service QRG Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service The use of Acura genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Acura genuine parts are manufactured according to the same high quality standards used in Acura vehicles. TOC Maintenance Index 226 2014 TSX 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 227 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Maintenance MinderTM 2014 TSX QRG If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages appear on the multi-information display every time you turn the ignition switch to ON (w . The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services. ■ Displaying the Engine Oil Life 1Displaying the Engine Oil Life 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 2. Press the SEL/RESET button repeatedly until the engine oil life appears on the multi-information display. Maintenance Service Items Remaining Engine Oil Life TOC Maintenance Index SEL/RESET Button The system message indicator ( message. Based on the engine operating conditions, the remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed as a percentage. Displayed Engine Oil Life (%) 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 15 10 5 0 Calculated Engine Oil Life (%) 100 to 91 90 to 81 80 to 71 70 to 61 60 to 51 50 to 41 40 to 31 30 to 21 20 to 16 15 to 11 10 to 6 5 to 1 0 ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder Continued 227   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 228 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance MinderTM u 2014 TSX QRG ■ Maintenance Minder Messages on the Multi-Information Display Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information SERVICE DUE SOON 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6 percent. Once you switch the display by pressing the (Information) button this message will go off. The engine oil is approaching the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced soon. SERVICE DUE NOW 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1 percent. Press the button to switch to another display. The engine oil has almost reached the end of its service life, and the maintenance items should be inspected and serviced as soon as possible. SERVICE PAST DUE Negative Distance TOC Maintenance U.S. Index 228 Canada U.S. Canada The remaining engine oil life has The engine oil life has passed. passed its service life, and a negative The maintenance items must be distance appears after driving over 10 inspected and serviced immediately. miles (U.S. models) or 10 km (Canadian models). Press the button to switch to another display. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 229 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance MinderTM u 2014 TSX QRG ■ Maintenance Service Items System Message Indicator 1Maintenance Service Items • Independent of the Maintenance Minder information, replace the brake fluid every 3 years. • Inspect idle speed every 160,000 miles (256,000 Maintenance Minder Message km). • Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if they are noisy. Main Items CODE A B TOC ● ● ● ● Maintenance ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Index Maintenance Main Items Replace engine oil*1 Replace engine oil*1 and oil filter Inspect front and rear brakes Check parking brake adjustment Inspect tie rod ends, steering gear box, and boots Inspect suspension components Inspect driveshaft boots Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS) Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids Inspect exhaust system# Inspect fuel lines and connections# *1: If message, SERVICE DUE NOW does not appear more than 12 months after the display is reset, change the engine oil every year. *2: If you drive primarily in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). *3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km). Sub Items CODE 1 2 ● ● ● ● 3 4 ● ● ● ● 5 ● Maintenance Sub Items Rotate tires Replace air cleaner element*2 Replace dust and pollen filter*3 Inspect drive belt Replace transmission fluid*4 Replace spark plugs Replace timing belt and inspect water pump*5 Inspect valve clearance Replace engine coolant *4: Driving in mountainous areas at very low vehicle speeds or trailer towing results in higher transmission temperatures. This requires transmission fluid changes more frequently than recommended by the Maintenance Minder. If you regularly drive your vehicle under these conditions, have the transmission fluid changed at 60,000 miles (100,000 km), then every 30,000 miles (48,000 km). (For A/T only.) *5: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110°F, 43 °C), in very low temperatures (under -20°F, -29°C), or tow a trailer, replace every 60,000 miles (U.S.)/100,000 km (Canada). (6-cylinder models only) # : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty. Continued 229   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 230 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance MinderTM u 2014 TSX QRG ■ Resetting the Display 1Resetting the Display Reset the engine oil life display if you have performed the maintenance service. Maintenance Item Codes Engine Oil Life The dealer will reset the engine oil life display after completing the required maintenance service. If someone other than a dealer performs maintenance service, reset the engine oil life display yourself. (Information) Button SEL/RESET Button TOC Maintenance Index 1. Turn the ignition switch to ON (w . 2. Display the engine oil life by repeatedly pressing the SEL/RESET button. 3. Press and hold the SEL/RESET button for 10 seconds or more. u The oil life reset mode is displayed on the multi-information display. 4. Select RESET with the button. u The service code will disappear and the engine oil life display will return to 100%. To cancel the oil life reset mode, select CANCEL, then press the SEL/RESET button. 230 NOTICE Failure to reset the engine oil life after a maintenance service results in the system showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can lead to serious mechanical problems. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 231 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Maintenance Under the Hood QRG 2014 TSX Maintenance Items Under the Hood 4-cylinder models Brake Fluid (Black Cap) Manual transmission models Clutch Fluid (Light Gray Cap) Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange Handle) TOC Washer Fluid (Blue Cap) Engine Oil Fill Cap Automatic transmission models Maintenance Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick (Yellow Loop) Engine Coolant Reservoir Index Radiator Cap Continued 231   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 232 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Maintenance Items Under the Hood 2014 TSX QRG 6-cylinder models Engine Oil Dipstick (Orange Loop) Brake Fluid (Black Cap) Engine Oil Fill Cap TOC Washer Fluid (Blue Cap) Maintenance Automatic Transmission Fluid Dipstick (Yellow Loop) Engine Coolant Reservoir* Index Radiator Cap* *: Located under the cover 232 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 233 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Opening the Hood QRG 2014 TSX Opening the Hood Hood Release Handle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set the parking brake. 2. Pull the hood release handle under the lower left corner of the dashboard. u The hood will pop up slightly. Pull NOTICE Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are raised. The hood will strike the wipers, and may damage either the hood or the wipers. When closing the hood, check that the hood is securely latched. 3. Push up the hood latch lever in the center of the hood to release the lock mechanism, and open the hood. TOC 1Opening the Hood If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated. Lever Maintenance Grip Support Rod 4-cylinder models 4. Remove the support rod from the clamp using the grip. Mount the support rod in the hood. Index Clamp When closing, remove the support rod, and stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the hood. Remove your hand at a height of approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the hood close. Continued 233   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 234 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Opening the Hood 2014 TSX QRG 6-cylinder models 4. Lift the hood up most of the way. u The hydraulic supports will lift it up the rest of the way and hold it up. When closing, lower it to approximately 12 inches (30 cm), then press down firmly with your hands. TOC Maintenance Index 234 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 235 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Engine Compartment Covers * QRG 2014 TSX Engine Compartment Covers * The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by three covers. You may need to remove the covers when you perform certain maintenance work. To remove the covers: 1Engine Compartment Covers * Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip. Right Engine Compartment Cover Remove the holding clips Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat. TOC Maintenance Push until the pin is flat Left Engine Compartment Cover Remove the holding clips Index Bulkhead Cover Remove the holding clips * Not available on all models 235   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 236 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Recommended Engine Oil QRG 1Recommended Engine Oil • Genuine Acura Motor Oil • Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the container. Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s performance and longevity. If you drive the vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil, the engine may fail or be damaged. This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving and that it meets the American Petroleum Institute’s latest requirements. Use Genuine Acura Motor Oil or another commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for the ambient temperature as shown below. TOC Maintenance Ambient Temperature ■ Synthetic oil Index 236 2014 TSX Recommended Engine Oil You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal and is the specified viscosity grade. Engine Oil Additives Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact, they may adversely affect the engine performance and durability. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 237 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Oil Check QRG 2014 TSX Oil Check We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel. 1Oil Check If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly add oil being careful not to overfill. Park the vehicle on level ground. Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the oil. 4-cylinder models 4-cylinder models 1. Remove the dipstick (orange handle). 6-cylinder models 1. Remove the dipstick (orange loop). All models 2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or paper towel. 6-cylinder models 3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its hole. TOC Maintenance Index Continued 237   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 238 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Oil Check 2014 TSX QRG 4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the level. It should be between the upper and lower marks. Add oil if necessary. 4-cylinder models Upper Mark Lower Mark 6-cylinder models Upper Mark Lower Mark TOC Maintenance Index 238 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 239 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Adding Engine Oil QRG 2014 TSX Adding Engine Oil 4-cylinder models 1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap. 2. Add oil slowly. 3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten it securely. 4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the engine oil dipstick. 1Adding Engine Oil If any oil spills, wipe it up immediately. Spilled oil may damage the engine compartment components. NOTICE Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark. Overfilling the engine oil can result in leaks and engine damage. Engine Oil Fill Cap 6-cylinder models TOC Engine Oil Fill Cap Maintenance Index 239   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 240 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter QRG You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly. Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the multiinformation display. 1. Run the engine until it reaches normal 4-cylinder models operating temperature, and then turn the engine off. 2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil fill cap. 4-cylinder models Bolt 4-cylinder models Under Cover Drain Bolt 3. Remove the bolts on the undercarriage and remove the under cover. All models 4. Remove the drain bolt and washer from the bottom of the engine, and drain the oil into a suitable container. TOC Maintenance Index 240 2014 TSX Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter 5. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the remaining oil. Washer 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter NOTICE You may damage the environment if you do not dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away into a garbage can or onto the ground. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 241 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter 2014 TSX QRG 6-cylinder models Drain Bolt Washer 4-cylinder models 6. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to the engine contact surface. u If it is stuck, you must detach it. 7. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the contact surface of the engine block, and install a new oil filter. u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to the oil filter rubber seal. 8. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then reinstall the drain bolt. u Tightening torque: 29 lbf∙ft (39 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m) 1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter You will need a special wrench to replace the oil filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer. When installing the new oil filter follow the instructions supplied with the oil filter. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The low oil pressure indicator should go off within five seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check your work. 9. Pour the recommended engine oil into the engine. u Engine oil change capacity (including filter): TOC Oil Filter 4-cylinder models Maintenance 4.2 US qt (4.0 L) 6-cylinder models 6-cylinder models 4.5 US qt (4.3 L) 10. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and start the engine. 11. Run the engine for a few minutes, and then check that there is no leak from the drain bolt or oil filter. Index Oil Filter 12. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes, and then check the oil level on the dipstick. u If necessary, add more engine oil. 241   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 242 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Engine Coolant QRG 2014 TSX Engine Coolant Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2 This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any straight antifreeze or water. We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly. ■ Reserve Tank 6-cylinder models Reserve Tank 1. Remove the right-side engine compartment cover. 2 Engine Compartment Covers * P. 235 1Engine Coolant NOTICE 4-cylinder models If temperatures consistently below -22°F (-30°C) are expected, the coolant mixture should be changed to a higher concentration. Consult a dealer for more information. If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may use another major brand non-silicate coolant as a temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality coolant recommended for aluminum engines. Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result in corrosion, causing the cooling system to malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as possible. All models 2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve tank. TOC Maintenance MAX MIN Reserve Tank 3. If the coolant level is below the MIN mark, add the specified coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. 4. Inspect the cooling system for leaks. Index 242 * Not available on all models Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible with the coolant or with the engine components. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 243 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Engine Coolant 2014 TSX QRG ■ Radiator Radiator Cap 1Radiator 3 WARNING 6-cylinder models 1. Remove the radiator cap cover. All models 2. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool. 3. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwise and relieve any pressure in the coolant system. Do not push the cap down when turning. 4. Push down and turn the radiator cap counterclockwise to remove it. Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment. 5. The coolant level should be up to the base of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low. TOC Maintenance 6 . Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it fully. 7. Pour coolant into the reserve tank until it reaches the MAX mark. Put the cap back on the reserve tank. Index 243   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 244 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Transmission Fluid QRG 2014 TSX Transmission Fluid ■ Automatic Transmission Fluid Specified fluid: Acura ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid) Check the fluid level when the engine is at normal operating temperature. 4-cylinder models Upper Lower Marks 1. Park on level ground, and start the engine. Rubber Cap Guide 6-cylinder models TOC Maintenance Index 244 2. Wait until the radiator fan starts and then turn off the engine. u Perform step 3 after waiting for about 60 seconds (less than 90 seconds). 3. Remove the dipstick (yellow loop) from the transmission and wipe it with a clean cloth. 4. Insert the dipstick all the way back into the transmission securely, as shown in the image. 5. Remove the dipstick and check the fluid level. u It should be between the upper and lower marks in the HOT range. HOT Range Upper Mark Lower Mark 6. If the level is below the lower mark, add fluid into the dipstick hole to bring it to the level between the upper and lower marks, and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately. 1Automatic Transmission Fluid NOTICE Do not mix Acura ATF DW-1 with other transmission fluids. Using a transmission fluid other than Acura ATF DW-1 may adversely affect the operation and durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage the transmission. Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that is not equivalent to Acura ATF DW-1 is not covered by Acura’s new vehicle warranty. NOTICE Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can damage components in the engine compartment. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 245 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Transmission Fluid 2014 TSX QRG ■ Manual Transmission Fluid Specified fluid: Acura Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) Check the fluid level when the engine is at normal operating temperature. Under Cover 1. Park the vehicle on level ground. 2. Remove the bolts with a wrench, then carefully remove the under cover. 1Manual Transmission Fluid If Acura MTF is not available, you may use the API certificated SAE 0W-20 or 5W-20 viscosity motor oil as a temporary measure. Replace with MTF as soon as possible. Motor oil does not contain the proper additives for the transmission and continued use can cause decreased shifting performance and lead to transmission damage. Bolt TOC Maintenance Index 3. Remove the transmission filler bolt and washer. Carefully feel inside the bolt hole with your fingers. u Check if the fluid level is up to the edge of the bolt hole. 4. If the fluid level is not up to the edge of the bolt hole, add Acura Manual Transmission Fluid (MTF) until it runs out of the hole. 5. Put a new washer on the filler bolt, then reinstall the filler bolt. u Tightening torque: 33 lbf∙ft (44 N∙m, 4.5 kgf∙m) 6. Reinstall the under cover with the bolts. 245   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 246 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Brake/Clutch Fluid QRG 2014 TSX Brake/Clutch Fluid Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 Use the same fluid for both the brakes and clutch. ■ Checking the Brake Fluid 4-cylinder models Brake Reservoir MIN Brake Reservoir TOC Maintenance MAX MIN Index 246 NOTICE Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive damage. If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed container as a temporary replacement. If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect for leaks or worn brake pads as soon as possible. MAX 6-cylinder models The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. 1Brake/Clutch Fluid 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 247 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Brake/Clutch Fluid 2014 TSX QRG ■ Checking the Clutch Fluid Clutch Reservoir 1Checking the Clutch Fluid The fluid level should be between the MIN and MAX marks on the side of the reservoir. If the clutch fluid level is at or below the MIN mark, have a dealer inspect for leaks or an excessively worn clutch plate as soon as possible. MAX MIN TOC Maintenance Index 247   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 248 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Maintenance Under the Hood u Refilling Window Washer Fluid QRG Models with level gauge 1Refilling Window Washer Fluid Check the amount of window washer fluid using the washer fluid level gauge on the cap. If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir. Level Gauge Models without level gauge Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir. If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir. TOC Maintenance Index 248 2014 TSX Refilling Window Washer Fluid Canadian models If the washer fluid is low, a message appears on the multi-information display. Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir. NOTICE Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water solution in the windshield washer reservoir. Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield washer pump. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 249 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Replacing Light Bulbs QRG 2014 TSX Headlight Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. 1Headlight Bulbs High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type) Low beam headlight: 55 W (H1 for halogen bulb type) 35 W (D2S for high voltage discharge type) NOTICE Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to overheat and shatter. ■ High Beam Headlight 4-cylinder models 6-cylinder models 1. Remove all the engine compartment covers. 2 Engine Compartment Covers * P. 235 Passenger side All models 2. Remove the engine coolant reservoir. The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry heavy items in the trunk or tow a trailer, have the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified technician. When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base, and protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth. Engine Coolant Reservoir TOC 6-cylinder models Maintenance Engine Coolant Reservoir Index * Not available on all models Continued 249   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 250 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u Headlight Bulbs 2014 TSX QRG 4-cylinder models Fastener Driver side 4-cylinder models 3. Remove the fasteners, using a flat-tip screwdriver. Remove the cover of the air intake duct and its upper part. Cover Fastener 6-cylinder models 3. Remove the fasteners, and remove the air intake duct cover. TOC Maintenance Index 250 Cover The exterior lights’ inside lenses (headlights, brake lamps, etc.) may fog temporarily after a car wash or while driving in the rain. This does not impact the exterior light function. However, if you see a large amount of water or ice accumulated inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. Air Intake Duct 6-cylinder models 1Headlight Bulbs 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 251 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u Headlight Bulbs 2014 TSX QRG Driver and passenger side 4-cylinder models Coupler Bulb All models 4. Remove the coupler. u It can be removed by pushing the tab. 5. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove. 6. Insert a new bulb into the headlight assembly and turn it to the right. Tab 6-cylinder models Coupler TOC Bulb 7. Insert the coupler into the connector of the bulb. Tab Maintenance Index Continued 251   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 252 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u Headlight Bulbs 2014 TSX QRG High Voltage Discharge Types ■ Low Beam Headlights High voltage can remain in the circuit for a long period of time after the light is switched off. Do not attempt to inspect or replace the high voltage discharge type bulbs yourself. Ask a dealer to inspect and replace low beam headlights. Halogen Types ■ Low Beam Headlights Inner Fender Screw 1Low Beam Headlights 1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the opposite side from the headlight being replaced. Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel to the left. TOC Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the right. Maintenance Clip 2. Remove the holding clips and screws, and pull the inner fender back. 3. Rotate the cover to the left, and remove. Index Cover 252 Insert a flat-tip screwdriver, lift and remove the center pin to remove the clip. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 253 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u Fog Light Bulbs 2014 TSX QRG Bulb 4. Unhook the hook, and pull out the connector. 1Low Beam Headlights 5. Remove the old bulb and insert the new bulb. Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push until it is flat. 6. Put the connector back into the headlight assembly. Hook Push until the pin is flat Connector Fog Light Bulbs 1Fog Light Bulbs NOTICE When replacing, use the following bulbs. TOC Fog Light: 55 W Maintenance Index 1. Remove the clips using a flat-tip screwdriver, and lower the under cover. Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to overheat and shatter. The fog lights are halogen bulbs. When replacing a bulb, handle it by its plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth. Clip Under Cover Continued 253   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 254 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs 2014 TSX QRG 2. Remove the coupler. u It can be removed by pushing the tab. 3. Rotate the old bulb to the left to remove. Bulb Tab Coupler 4. Insert a new bulb into the fog light assembly and turn it to the right. 5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the bulb. Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker: 21/5W TOC Turn the steering wheel and pull the inner fender back in the same way as when replacing the low beam headlights. Maintenance 2 Changing the Low Beam Headlight P. 252 1. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. Socket Bulb 2. Push in the old bulb, rotate to the left until it unlocks, and remove. 3. Insert a new bulb. Index 254 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 255 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs QRG Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Light Bulbs 2014 TSX Door mirrors have the side turn lights. Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light bulbs. Brake Light, Taillight, Rear Turn Signal Light and Rear Side Marker Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Brake/Taillight: 21/5 W Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W Rear Side Marker Light: 3 CP Cover 1. Pull out and remove the cover. TOC Maintenance Index Continued 255   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 256 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u Back-Up Light Bulbs 2014 TSX QRG 2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. Remove the old bulb. 3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb. Back-Up Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. Back-Up Light: 21 W 1. Remove the clip in the trunk using a flat-tip screwdriver. Lining TOC Maintenance 2. Pull out the lining. Clip Index 256 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 257 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u Rear License Plate Light Bulbs 2014 TSX QRG Lining Clip 3. Turn the socket to the left and remove. 4. Remove the old bulb and insert the new bulb. Socket TOC Bulb Maintenance Rear License Plate Light Bulbs Have an authorized Acura dealer inspect and replace the light bulbs. Index 257   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 258 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Replacing Light Bulbs u High-Mount Brake Light Bulbs QRG High-Mount Brake Light Bulbs When replacing, use the following bulbs. High-Mount Brake Light: 21 W Bulb 1. Open the trunk. 2. Turn the socket to the left and remove it. Socket TOC Maintenance Index 258 3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb. 2014 TSX 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 259 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades QRG 2014 TSX Checking Wiper Blades If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the metal wiper arm may scratch the window glass. Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 1. Lift the driver side wiper arm first, then the passenger side. NOTICE Avoid dropping the wiper arm; it may damage the windshield. 2. Place a cloth on the edge of the lock tab. Push the lock tab up with a flat-tip screw driver. TOC Maintenance 3. Slide the blade from the wiper arm. Lock Tab Index Continued 259   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 260 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades u Changing the Wiper Blade Rubber 2014 TSX QRG 4. Slide the wiper blade out from its holder by pulling the tabbed end out. Blade Top Retainer Blade 5. Remove the retainers from the rubber blade that has been removed, and mount to a new rubber blade. u Correctly align the rubber protrusion and the retainer grooves. TOC Maintenance Index 260 Indent Tab 6. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder from the bottom end. u The tab on the holder should fit in the indent of the wiper blade. 7. Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm, then push down the lock tab. 8. Lower the passenger side wiper arm first, then the driver side. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 261 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Checking and Maintaining Tires QRG 2014 TSX Checking Tires To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated. ■ Inflation guidelines Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specification’s page for the specified pressure. Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and are more likely to fail from overheating. Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards, and wear unevenly. Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the others, check the pressure with a tire gauge. At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1 to 2 psi (10 to 20 kPa, 0.1 to 0.2 kgf/cm2) per month. TOC Maintenance ■ Inspection guidelines 1Checking Tires 3 WARNING Using tires that are excessively worn or improperly inflated can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding tire inflation and maintenance. Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This means the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If necessary, add or release air until the specified pressure is reached. If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as 4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm2) higher than if checked when cold. Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for: • Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts, splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord. Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent vibration while driving. New tires and any that have been removed and reinstalled should be properly balanced. • Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks. Index • Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment. • Excessive tread wear. 2 Wear Indicators P. 266 • Cracks or other damage around valve stem. 261   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 262 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Tires u Tire and Loading Information Label QRG The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading information. Label Example Tire Labeling Example Maintenance 262 1Tire and Loading Information Label The tire and loading information label attached to the driver’s doorjamb contains: a The number of people your vehicle can carry. b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not exceed this weight. c The original tire sizes for front, rear and spare. d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear and spare. 1Tire Sizes Tire Size Tire Identification Number (TIN) TOC Index 2014 TSX Tire and Loading Information Label The tires that came on your vehicle have a number of markings. Those you should be aware of are described below. Maximum Tire Load Maximum Tire Pressure Tire Size ■ Tire Sizes Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size. Following is an example of tire size with an explanation of what each component means. P225/50 R17 93V P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle). 225: Tire width in millimeters. 50: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a percentage of its width). R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial). 17: Rim diameter in inches. 93: Load index (a numerical code associated with the maximum load the tire can carry). V: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the maximum speed rating). 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 263 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Tires u Tire Labeling 2014 TSX QRG ■ Tire Identification Number (TIN) 1Tire Identification Number (TIN) The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire. DOT B97R FW6X 2209 DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all requirements of the U.S. Department of Transportation. ■ Glossary of Tire Terminology B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark. Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure. FW6X: Tire type code. 22 09: Date of manufacture. Year Week Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can hold. Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire. TOC Maintenance Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure recommended by the manufacturer. Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread. Index 263   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 264 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Tires u DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) QRG 2014 TSX DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction, and temperature performance according to Department of Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these gradings. ■ Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread houlder and maximum section width. ■ Treadwear TOC Maintenance Index 264 The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate. 1Uniform Tire Quality Grading For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A All passenger car tires must conform to Federal Safety Requireme ts in addition to these grades. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 265 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Tires u DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles) 2014 TSX QRG ■ Traction The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphat and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. ■ Temperature TOC Maintenance The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heate when te sted under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. 1Traction Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is abased on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. 1Temperature Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. Index 265   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 266 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Tires u Wear Indicators QRG 2014 TSX Wear Indicators Example of a Wear Indicator mark The groove where the wear indicator is located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire. Worn out tires have poor traction on wet roads. Tire Service Life The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use). TOC Maintenance Index 266 In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10 years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 267 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Tires u Tire and Wheel Replacement QRG 2014 TSX Tire and Wheel Replacement Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a different size or construction can cause the ABS and Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) system to work incorrectly. 1Tire and Wheel Replacement 3 WARNING It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the front or rear tires in pairs. Installing improper tires on your vehicle can affect handling and stability. This can cause a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or killed. Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels. If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle. Always use the size and type of tires recommended in this owner’s manual. TOC Maintenance Index 267   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 268 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Tires u Tire Rotation QRG 2014 TSX Tire Rotation Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the multi-information display helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life. ■ Tires without rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. Front 1Tire Rotation Tires with directional tread patterns should only be rotated front to back (not from one side to the other). Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation indication mark facing forward, as shown below. Front Direction Mark ■ Tires with rotation marks Rotate the tires as shown here. TOC Maintenance Index 268 Front 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 269 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Checking and Maintaining Tires u Winter Tires QRG 2014 TSX Winter Tires If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked “M+S” tires, snow tires, or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when driving. Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent skidding. Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the law. When mounting, refer to the following points. For winter tires: • Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires. 1Winter Tires 3 WARNING Using the wrong chains, or not properly installing chains, can damage the brake lines and cause a crash in which you can be seriously injured or killed. Follow all instructions in this owner’s manual regarding the selection and use of tire chains. • Mount the tires to all four wheels. NOTICE For tire chains: • Install them on the front tires only. TOC • Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the chains listed below: Maintenance 4-cylinder models Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1034 Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines, suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are hitting any part of the vehicle. When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle operational limits. 6-cylinder models Cable-type: SCC Radial Chain SC1038 Index • Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as tightly as you can. • Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension. • Drive slowly. 269   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 270 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Battery QRG 2014 TSX Checking the Battery Test Indicator Window Check the battery condition monthly. Look at the test indicator window and check the terminals for corrosion. 1Battery 3 WARNING The battery gives off explosive hydrogen gas during normal operation. A spark or flame can cause the battery to explode with enough force to kill or seriously hurt you. If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead: • The audio system is disabled. 2 Entering the audio security code P. 142 When conducting any battery maintenance, wear protective clothing and a face shield, or have a skilled technician do it. • The clock resets. 2 Adjusting the Time P. 88 TOC Maintenance Index 270 • The navigation system is disabled. A PIN code will be required. 2 Refer to the navigation system manual WARNING: Battery post, terminals, and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your hands after handling. The test indicator’s color information is on the battery. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 271 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Battery u Charging the Battery QRG 2014 TSX Charging the Battery Disconnect both battery cables to prevent damaging your vehicle’s electrical system. Always disconnect the negative (–) cable first, and reconnect it last. 1Battery When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals by applying a baking powder and water solution. Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to help prevent future corrosion. When replacing the battery, the replacement must be of the same specifications. Please consult a dealer for more information. TOC Maintenance Index 271   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 272 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Remote Transmitter Care QRG 2014 TSX Replacing the Battery If the indicator does not come on when the button is pushed, replace the battery. Battery type: CR1616 1. Unscrew the cover with a small Phillipshead screwdriver. Push a button to pry open the transmitter. Screw 2. Open the keypad. u Wrap the small flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth to prevent scratching the transmitter. TOC Maintenance Index 272 NOTICE An improperly disposed of battery can damage the environment. Always confirm local regulations for battery disposal. Replacement batteries are commercially available or at a dealer. Keypad Battery 1Replacing the Battery 3. Make sure to replace the battery with the correct polarity. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 273 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Climate Control System Maintenance QRG 2014 TSX Dust and Pollen Filter The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance MinderTM messages will let you know when to replace the filter. We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust. 1Dust and Pollen Filter Using an air freshener may reduce the deodorizing effect of the dust and pollen filter, and may reduce its life. If the air flow from the climate control system deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please contact a dealer for replacement. TOC Maintenance Index 273   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 274 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Cleaning QRG 2014 TSX Interior Care Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt. Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue. ■ Cleaning Seat Belts Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts. Let the belts air dry. Wipe the openings of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth. Opening 1Interior Care Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are splashed on them. Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire inside the vehicle. If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on electrical devices, consult a dealer. Depending on their composition, chemicals and liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles, and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles. Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as benzene or gasoline. TOC Maintenance Index 274 After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them off using a dry cloth. Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts or textiles for long periods of time without washing. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 275 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Cleaning u Interior Care 2014 TSX QRG ■ Floor Mats 1Floor Mats To unlock Driver’s floor mat is shown. The front floor mats hook over the floor anchors, which keep the mats from sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning, turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position. When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn the knobs to the lock position. If you use any floor mats that were not originally provided with your vehicle, make sure they are designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and are securely anchored by the floor anchors. Position the rear seat floor mats properly. If they are not properly positioned, the floor mats can interfere with the front seat functions. Do not put additional floor mats on top of the anchored mats. ■ Maintaining Genuine Leather * TOC Vacuum dirt and dust from the leather frequently. Pay close attention to the pleats and seams. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a 90% water and 10% neutral soap solution. Then buff it with a clean, dry cloth. Remove any dust or dirt on leather surfaces immediately. Maintenance Index * Not available on all models 275   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 276 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Cleaning u Exterior Care QRG 2014 TSX Exterior Care Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you find a scratch, promptly repair it. ■ Washing the Vehicle Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following conditions: 1Washing the Vehicle Do not spray water into the air intake vents or engine compartment. It can cause a malfunction. • If driving on roads with road salt. • If driving in coastal areas. • If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces. ■ Using an Automated Car Wash TOC Fold in the door mirrors. Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash. Maintenance ■ Using High Pressure Cleaners • Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body. • Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to enter the vehicle interior. Do not spray water into the engine compartment. Index 276 Air Intake Vents 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 277 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Cleaning u Exterior Care 2014 TSX QRG ■ Applying Wax A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the elements, so reapply as necessary. ■ Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and clean water. ■ Cleaning the Window Wipe using a glass cleaner. TOC 1Applying Wax NOTICE Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe up spills immediately. 1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when you want to repair the painted surface of the parts made of resin. 1Cleaning the Window Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window. Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a soft cloth so as not to damage them. ■ Maintaining Aluminum Wheels Maintenance Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road contaminants. Use a sponge and mild detergent to wipe away promptly. Be careful not to use harsh chemicals (including some commercial wheel cleaners) or a stiff brush. They can damage the clear coat of the aluminum alloy wheels that helps keep the aluminum from corroding and tarnishing. Index 277 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 278 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Index 278 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 279 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Handling the Unexpected This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles. Index Tools .................................................. 280 Types of Tools .................................. 280 If a Tire Goes Flat .............................. 281 Changing a Flat Tire ......................... 281 Engine Does Not Start Checking the Engine ........................ 287 Jump Starting.................................... 288 Shift Lever Does Not Move .............. 291 Overheating ...................................... 292 How to Handle Overheating............. 292 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On.................................................. 294 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ................................................. 294 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ................................... 295 If the Brake System Indicator Comes On.. 296 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On ............................ 296 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks........................ 297 Fuses Fuse Locations ................................. 298 Circuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse............................................300 Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 302 Emergency Towing........................... 303 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door................................................. 304 When You Cannot Open the Trunk.. 305 279   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 280 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Tools QRG 2014 TSX Types of Tools 1Types of Tools The tools are stored in the trunk. Jack Handle Bar Wheel Nut Wrench/ Jack Handle Handling the Unexpected TOC Index 280 Jack Tool Case 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 281 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  If a Tire Goes Flat QRG 2014 TSX Changing a Flat Tire If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or replaced. 1Changing a Flat Tire Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact spare. It should be set to the specified pressure. Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2) When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with a full-size tire as soon as possible. 1. Park the vehicle on firm, level, and non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake. Automatic transmission models The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are specifically for this model. 2. Move the shift lever in (P . Handling the Unexpected Do not use them with another vehicle. Manual transmission models Do not use another type of compact spare tire or wheel with your vehicle. 2. Move the shift lever in (R . All models 3. Set the parking brake. 4. Turn on the hazard warning lights and turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 . Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire. If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it will the full-size tire that was removed from the rear. Mount the tire chains on the front tire. TOC Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire, as it can damage the tire pressure sensor. Index Continued 281   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 282 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu If a Tire Goes Flat u Changing a Flat Tire 2014 TSX QRG ■ Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire 1. Pull the handle on the trunk floor lid and open the lid. Hook the handle to the edge of the trunk opening. Handling the Unexpected Tool Case 3. Unscrew the wing bolt, and remove the spacer cone. Then, remove the spare tire. Spare Tire TOC 4. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire. Index Wheel Blocks The tire to be replaced. 282 2. Take the tool case out of the trunk. Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of the tool case. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 283 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu If a Tire Goes Flat u Changing a Flat Tire  2014 TSX QRG 5. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up) under the vehicle body, near the tire that needs to be replaced. Handling the Unexpected 6. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn using the wheel nut wrench. TOC Index Continued 283   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 284 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu If a Tire Goes Flat u Changing a Flat Tire 2014 TSX QRG ■ How to Set Up the Jack 1How to Set Up the Jack 1. Place the jack under the jacking point closest to the tire to be changed. 3 WARNING The vehicle can easily roll off the jack, seriously injuring anyone underneath. Follow the directions for changing a tire exactly, and never get under the vehicle when it is supported only by the jack. Handling the Unexpected 2. Turn the end bracket (as shown in the image) clockwise until the top of the jack contacts the jacking point. u Make sure that the jacking point tab is resting in the jack notch. TOC 3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar and the jack handle, until the tire is off the ground. Index Jack Handle Bar 284 Wheel Nut Wrench as Jack Handle Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the vehicle. Use the jack provided in your vehicle. Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or their shape may not match. The following instructions must be followed to use the jack safely. • Do not use while the engine is running. • Use only where the ground is firm and level. • Use only at the jacking points. • Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack. • Do not put anything on top of or underneath the jack. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 285 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu If a Tire Goes Flat u Changing a Flat Tire  2014 TSX QRG ■ Replacing the Flat Tire 1Replacing the Flat Tire 1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire. Handling the Unexpected 2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel with a clean cloth. TOC 5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack. Tighten the wheel nuts in the order indicated in the image. Go around, tightening the nuts, two to three times in this order. Index Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra torque using your foot or a pipe. 3. Mount the compact spare tire. 4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the lips around the mounting holes, and stop rotating. Wheel nut torque: 80 lbf∙ft (108 N∙m, 11 kgf∙m) Continued 285   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 286 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu If a Tire Goes Flat u Changing a Flat Tire 2014 TSX QRG ■ Storing the Flat Tire Spacer Cone 1. Remove the center cap and place the flat tire face down in the spare tire well. Wing Bolt 2. Remove the spacer cone from the wing bolt, flip it over, and insert it back on the bolt. Secure the flat tire with the wing bolt. For For  compact full-size spare tire tire Handling the Unexpected TOC Index 286 1Storing the Flat Tire 3. Securely put the jack and wheel nut wrench back in the tool case. Store the case in the trunk. ■ TPMS and the Spare Tire If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), the indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on. CHECK TPMS SYSTEM appears on the multi-information display, but this is normal. If you replace the tire with a specified regular tire, the warning message on the multi-information display and the TPMS indicator will go off after a few miles (kilometers). 3 WARNING Loose items can fly around the interior in a crash and can seriously injure the occupants. Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely before driving. 1TPMS and the Spare Tire The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure that it is correct. Use TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind the valve stem. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 287 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  Engine Does Not Start QRG 2014 TSX Checking the Engine If the engine does not start, check the starter. 1Checking the Engine If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an assisting vehicle to jump start it. 2 Jump Starting P. 288 Handling the Unexpected TOC Starter condition Starter doesn’t turn or turns over slowly. The battery may be dead. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. The starter turns over normally but the engine doesn’t start. There may be a problem with the fuse. Check each of the items on the right and respond accordingly. Checklist Check brightness of the interior light. Turn on interior lights and check brightness. ● If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all 2 Checking the Battery P. 270 If the interior lights come on normally 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 302 Review the engine start procedure. Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 193 Check the immobilizer system indicator. When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started. ● 2 Immobilizer System P. 99 Check the fuel level. There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 75 Check the fuse. Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer. 2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 302 If the problem continues: 2 Emergency Towing P. 303 Index 287   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 288 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Jump Starting 2014 TSX QRG ■ Jump Starting Procedure 1Jump Starting Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine, then open the hood. 6-cylinder models 6-cylinder models 1. Slide out the battery terminal cover. 3 WARNING A battery can explode if you do not follow the correct procedure, seriously injuring anyone nearby. Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking materials away from the battery. Handling the Unexpected Cover 4-cylinder models 3. Connect the other end of the first jumper cable to the booster battery + terminal. u Use a 12-volt booster battery only. TOC Booster Battery Index 288 All models 2. Connect the first jumper cable to your vehicle’s battery + terminal. 4. Connect the second jumper cable to the booster battery - terminal. Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the cable ends to touch each other while attaching or detaching the jumper cables. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 289 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Jump Starting u  2014 TSX QRG 1Jump Starting 6-cylinder models Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and may prevent the engine from starting. Booster Battery 4-cylinder models with automatic transmission Handling the Unexpected TOC 5. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable: 4-cylinder models with automatic transmission Engine mounting bolt 4-cylinder models with manual transmission Transmission mounting bolt 6-cylinder models 4-cylinder models with manual transmission Engine hanger Do not connect this jumper cable to any other part. 6. If your vehicle is connected to another vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine and increase its rpm slightly. Index 7. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it turns over slowly, check that the jumper cables have good metal-to-metal contact. Continued 289   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 290 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Jump Starting u 2014 TSX QRG 6-cylinder models Handling the Unexpected TOC ■ What to Do After the Engine Starts Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following order. 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s ground. 2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery + terminal. 3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal. 4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery + terminal. Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer. Index 290 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 291 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  Shift Lever Does Not Move 2014 TSX QRG Automatic transmission models Follow the procedure below if you cannot move the shift lever out of the (P position. ■ Releasing the Lock 1. Set the parking brake. 2. Remove the key from the ignition switch. Handling the Unexpected Slot 3. Wrap a cloth around the tip of a small flattip screwdriver. Put it into the shift lock release slot as shown in the image, and remove the cover. Cover Shift Lock Release Slot TOC 4. Insert the key into the shift lock release slot. 5. While pushing on the key down, press the shift lever release button and place the shift lever into (N . u The lock is now released. Have the shift lever checked by a dealer as soon as possible. Release Button Index 291   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 292 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Overheating QRG 2014 TSX How to Handle Overheating Overheating symptoms are as follows: 1How to Handle Overheating • The temperature gauge needle is at the H mark or the engine suddenly loses power. • Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment. ■ First thing to do Handling the Unexpected TOC Index 292 3 WARNING Steam and spray from an overheated engine can seriously scald you. 1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place. Do not open the hood if steam is coming out. 2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights. u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood. u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides. Then open the hood. Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge needle at the H mark may damage the engine. NOTICE 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 293 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Overheating u How to Handle Overheating  2014 TSX QRG ■ Next thing to do MAX MIN Handling the Unexpected TOC Reserve Tank 1How to Handle Overheating 1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and stop the engine once the temperature gauge needle comes down. u If the cooling fan is not operating, immediately stop the engine. 2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect the coolant level and check the cooling system components for leaks. u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is low, add coolant until it reaches the MAX mark. u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank, check that the radiator is cool. Cover the radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to the base of the filler neck, and put the cap back on. 3 WARNING Removing the radiator cap while the engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray out, seriously scalding you. Always let the engine and radiator cool down before removing the radiator cap. If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs. Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only. Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze as soon as possible. ■ Last thing to do  Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge. If the temperature gauge needle has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone down, contact a dealer for repairs. Index 293   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 294 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Indicator, Coming On/Blinking QRG 2014 TSX If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the engine oil pressure is low. ■ What to do as soon as the indicator comes on 1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place. 1If the Low Oil Pressure Indicator Comes On NOTICE Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause serious mechanical damage almost immediately. 2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on. ■ What to do after parking the vehicle 1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes. Handling the Unexpected TOC 2. Open the hood and check the oil level. 2 Oil Check P. 237 3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure indicator. u The light goes out: Start driving again. u The light does not go out within 10 seconds: Stop the engine and contact a dealer for repairs immediately. If the Charging System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on Comes on when the battery is not being charged. Index 294 ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs. 1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge the battery. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 295 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinking u If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks QRG If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks ■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink • Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control system, or the fuel fill cap is missing, or loose. • Blinks when engine misfiring is detected. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a dealer. ■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks Handling the Unexpected TOC  2014 TSX 1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks NOTICE If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on, the emissions control system and the engine could be damaged. If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at 31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle inspected. Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least ten minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools. ■ Tighten Fuel Fill Cap Message ■ The message appears on when: An evaporative system leak is detected. This may be caused by the fuel fill cap being loose or not being installed. ■ What to do when the message appears: 1. Stop the engine. 2. Check that the fuel fill cap is fully installed. u If not, loosen the cap, and then retighten it until it clicks at least once. 3. Drive for several days of normal driving. u The message should go off. Index ■ When the malfunction indicator lamp comes on: Malfunction indicator lamp comes on if the system continues to detect a leak of gasoline vapor. If this happens, check the fuel fill cap using the procedures described above. 295   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 296 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinking u If the Brake System Indicator Comes On QRG U.S. Canada ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on • The brake fluid is low. • There is a malfunction in the brake system. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving Press the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure. • If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop. • If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking. Handling the Unexpected TOC Index 296 2014 TSX If the Brake System Indicator Comes On 1If the Brake System Indicator Comes On Have your vehicle repaired immediately. It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift the gears. If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come on simultaneously, the brake distribution system is not working. This can result in vehicle instability under sudden braking. Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately. If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on • Comes on when there is a problem with EPS system. • If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine. If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 297 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Indicator, Coming On/Blinking u If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks QRG If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks ■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS or the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.  2014 TSX 1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks NOTICE Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always inflate your tires to the prescribed level. ■ What to do when the indicator comes on Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on the driver side doorjamb. Handling the Unexpected ■ What to do when the indicator blinks Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire. The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers). TOC Index 297   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 298 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Fuses QRG 2014 TSX Fuse Locations If any electrical devices are not working, turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 and check to see if any applicable fuse is blown. ■ Engine Compartment Fuse Box Located near the brake fluid reservoir. Push the tabs to open the box. Handling the Unexpected ■ Driver Side Fuse Box 298 Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. 1Driver Side Fuse Box Located under the dashboard. Fuse locations are shown on the label on the side panel. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and label number. TOC Index 1Engine Compartment Fuse Box Fuse Label 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 299 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Fuses u Fuse Locations  2014 TSX QRG ■ Passenger Side Fuse Box 1Passenger Side Fuse Box Located on the lower side panel. Take off the cover to open. Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box cover. Locate the fuse in question by the fuse number and box cover number. Handling the Unexpected TOC Index 299   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 300 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Fuses u Circuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse QRG The current rating in brackets indicate that you may find a fuse in the location even if your particular model is not equipped with the device the fuse is used for. ■ Engine Compartment Circuit Protected 1 Handling the Unexpected 2 TOC 3 Index 4 300 2014 TSX Circuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse Amps 100 A*1 Battery 120 A*2 Passenger’s Side Fuse Box 40 A EPS 70 A Passenger’s Side Fuse Box (40 A) ABS/VSA FSR 30 A − − ABS/VSA Motor 30 A − − IG 50 A Driver’s Side Fuse Box (40 A) Passenger’s Side Light Main 30 A Driver’s Side Fuse Box (60 A) Driver’s Side Light Main 30 A Main Fan Motor 30 A −*1 − Wiper Motor*2 30 A Wiper Motor*1 30 A Sub Fan Motor*2 Rear Defogger 40 A * Not available on all models 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Circuit Protected Sub Fan Motor*1 −*2 − − Heater Motor Hazard Horn − Stop IG Coil FI Sub Backup Interior Lights FI Main DBW −*1 Back Up FI ECU*2 MG Clutch Engine Oil Level*1 Fan RLY*2 *1:4-cylinder models *2:6-cylinder models Amps 20 A − − − 40 A 15 A 10 A − 15 A 15 A 15 A 10 A 7.5 A 15 A 15 A − 7.5A 7.5 A 7.5 A ■ Driver Side 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Circuit Protected − Seat Memory Washer Wiper Meter ABS/VSA ACG STS*1 Starter DIAG*2 Fuel Pump VB SOL * SRS ODS −*1 STS*2 − Daytime Running Lights A/C Accessory, Key, Lock *1:4-cylinder models *2:6-cylinder models Amps − (7.5 A) 15 A 10 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 15 A (7.5 A) 20 A (10 A) 10 A 7.5 A (7.5 A) − 7.5 A 7.5 A 7.5 A 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 301 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Fuses u Circuit Protected and Amps for Each Fuse  2014 TSX QRG Handling the Unexpected TOC Circuit Protected 18 Accessory 19 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding 20 Moonroof Driver’s Power Seat 21 Reclining Rear Driver’s Side Power 22 Window Front Accessory Power 23 Socket 24 Driver’s Power Window 25 Driver’s Side Door Lock 26 Left Front Fog Light Left Side Small Lights 27 (Exterior) 28 Left Headlight High Beam 29 TPMS 30 Left Headlight Low Beam 31 − 32 Engine Oil Level * *1:4-cylinder models *2:6-cylinder models Index * Not available on all models Amps 7.5 A (20 A) (20 A) (20 A) 20 A 20 A 20 A 15 A (10 A) 10 A 10 A 10 A 15 A − (7.5 A) ■ Passenger Side 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Circuit Protected Right Headlight High Beam Right Side Small Lights (Exterior) Right Front Fog Light Right Headlight Low Beam − Interior Lights − Passenger’s Side Power Seat Reclining Passenger’s Side Power Seat Sliding Right Side Door Lock Rear Passenger’s Side Power Window Console Accessory Power Socket Front Passenger’s Power Window − Premium AMP − − − Seat Heater Amps 10 A 20 21 22 Circuit Protected − − − Amps − − − 10 A (10 A) 15 A − 7.5 A − 20 A 20 A 10 A 20 A 20 A 20 A − (20 A) − − − 20 A 301   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 302 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Fuses u Inspecting and Changing Fuses QRG Fuse Blown Fuse 1. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK (0 . Turn headlights and all accessories off. 2. Remove the fuse box cover. Combined Fuse Blown Fuse Handling the Unexpected TOC Index 302 2014 TSX Inspecting and Changing Fuses Fuse Puller 3. Check the large fuse in the engine compartment. u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove the screw and replace it with a new one. 4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine compartment and the vehicle interior. u If there is a burned out fuse, remove it with the fuse puller and replace it with a new one. 1Inspecting and Changing Fuses NOTICE Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating greatly increases the chances of damaging the electrical system. If you do not have a replacement fuse with the proper rating for the circuit, install one with a lower rating. Replace fuse with a spare fuse of the same specified amperage. Confirm the specified amperage using the charts on P. 300 and P. 301. There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine compartment fuse box. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 303 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  Emergency Towing 2014 TSX QRG Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle. ■ Flat bed equipment The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck. This is the best way to transport your vehicle. 1Emergency Towing NOTICE Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed to support the vehicle’s weight. NOTICE ■ Wheel lift equipment Handling the Unexpected The tow truck uses two pivoting arms that go under the front tires and lift them off the ground. The rear tires remain on the ground. This is an acceptable way to tow your vehicle. Improper towing such as towing behind a motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the transmission. Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain. It is very dangerous, since ropes or chains may shift from side to side or break. TOC Index 303   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 304 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door 2014 TSX QRG ■ What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure. 1. Open the trunk and pull off the left inside cover. Handling the Unexpected TOC Index 304 Cover 2. Pull the release lever towards you. u The release lever unlocks the fuel fill door when it is pulled, and locks when returned to its original position. 1What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 305 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  When You Cannot Open the Trunk 2014 TSX QRG ■ What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk If you cannot open the trunk, use the following procedure. 1What to Do When Unable to Open the Trunk After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the vehicle checked. 1. Remove the rear outer head restraint on the rear left side, and open the tether anchor point cover. Handling the Unexpected Tether Anchor Point Cover 2. Insert the key into the cylinder and turn the key to the right. TOC Index 305 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 306 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Index 306 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 307 ページ 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 2014 TSX QRG Information This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other information required by regulation. Specifications.................................... 308 Identification Numbers Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).. 312 Engine Number and Transmission Number ......................................312 Index Devices that Emit Radio Waves....... 313 Reporting Safety Defects................. 314 Emissions Testing Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 315 Warranty Coverages ........................ 317 Authorized Manuals......................... 319 Client Service Information ............... 320 307   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 308 ページ   2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Specifications 2014 TSX QRG ■ Engine Specifications 4-cylinder models ■ Vehicle Specifications Displacement Model No. of Passengers: Front Rear Total Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Acura TSX Spark Plugs 2 3 5 ■ Fuel U.S.: 4,475 lbs (2,030 kg)*1 Canada: 2,030 kg*1 U.S.: 4,395 lbs (1,995 kg)*2 Canada: 1,995 kg*2 ■ Washer Fluid Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front) Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear) Information TOC Index 308 Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type Charge Quantity Lubricant Type U.S.: 2,410 lbs (1,095 kg)*1 Canada: 1,095 kg*1 U.S.: 2,325 lbs (1,055 kg)*2 Canada: 1,055 kg*2 U.S.: 2,090 lbs (950 kg) Canada: 950 kg HFC-134a (R-134a) 15.8 – 17.6 oz (450 – 500 g) SP-10 *1: Automatic transmission models *2: Manual transmission models Fuel: Type Fuel Tank Capacity Tank Capacity 144 cu-in (2,354 cm3) NGK ILZKR7B-11S DENSO SXU22HCR11S Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher 18.5 US gal (70 ℓ) U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ) Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ) ■ Light Bulbs Headlights (Low Beam) Headlights (High Beam) Fog Lights Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights Side Turn Signal Lights  (on Door Mirrors) Brake/Taillights Rear Turn Signal Lights Back-Up Lights Rear Side Marker Lights High-Mount Brake Light License Plate Lights Trunk Light Interior Lights Spotlight Ceiling Light Vanity Mirror Lights Courtesy Lights 35W (D2S)*3 55W (H1)*4 60W (HB3) 55W (H11) 21/5W LED 21/5W 21W 21W 3CP 21W 5W 5W 8W 8W 2W 3.8W *3: Vehicle with discharge headlights *4: Vehicle with halogen bulb low beam headlights 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 309 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Specifications u 2014 TSX QRG ■ Brake/Clutch Fluid Specified ■ Engine Oil Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 ■ Transmission Fluid Specified*1 Specified*2 Acura ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid) Acura Manual Transmission Fluid *1: Automatic transmission models *2: Manual transmission models Recommended Capacity 2.0 US qt (1.9 ℓ) (Change) ■ Engine Coolant Capacity*1 Capacity*2  ■ Tire ·Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20 ·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil Change 4.0 US qt (3.8 ℓ) Change including 4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ) filter 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ) (Change) Specified Ratio  Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 50/50 with distilled water 1.64 US gal (6.2 ℓ)  (change including the remaining  0.196 US gal (0.74 ℓ) in the reserve tank) 1.66 US gal (6.3 ℓ)  (change including the remaining  0.196 US gal (0.74 ℓ) in the reserve tank) Regular Compact Spare Wheel Size Size Pressure  psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size Pressure  psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Regular Compact Spare P225/50R17 93V 33 (230 [2.3]) T135/80D16 101M 60 (420 [4.2]) 17 x 7.5J 16 x 4T *1: Automatic transmission models *2: Manual transmission models Information TOC Index Continued 309   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 310 ページ   2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Specifications u 2014 TSX QRG ■ Engine Specifications 6-cylinder models ■ Vehicle Specifications Displacement Model No. of Passengers: Front Rear Total Weights: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Gross Axle Weight Rating (Front) Acura TSX Spark Plugs 2 3 5 ■ Fuel U.S.: 4,630 lbs (2,100 kg) Canada: 2,100 kg ■ Washer Fluid Gross Axle Weight Rating (Rear) Air Conditioning: Refrigerant Type Charge Quantity Lubricant Type Information TOC Index 310 Fuel: Type Fuel Tank Capacity Tank Capacity U.S.: 2,557 lbs (1,160 kg) Canada: 1,160 kg U.S.: 2,083 lbs (945 kg) Canada: 945 kg HFC-134a (R-134a) 15.8 – 17.6 oz (450 – 500 g) SP-10 212 cu-in (3,471 cm3) NGK ILZKR7B11 DENSO SXU22HCR11 Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number of 91 or higher 18.5 US gal (70 ℓ) U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 ℓ) Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 ℓ) ■ Light Bulbs Headlights (Low Beam) Headlights (High Beam) Fog Lights Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker Lights Side Turn Signal Lights  (on Door Mirrors) Brake/Taillights Rear Turn Signal Lights Back-Up Lights Rear Side Marker Lights High-Mount Brake Light License Plate Lights Trunk Light Interior Lights Spotlight Ceiling Light Vanity Mirror Lights Courtesy Lights 35W (D2S) 60W (HB3) 55W (H11) 21/5W LED 21/5W 21W 21W 3CP 21W 5W 5W 8W 8W 2W 3.8W 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 311 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Specifications u 2014 TSX QRG ■ Brake/Clutch Fluid Specified ■ Engine Oil Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 ■ Transmission Fluid Specified Acura ATF DW-1 (automatic transmission fluid) 3.5 US qt (3.3 ℓ) (Change) Recommended Capacity Capacity  ■ Tire ·Acura Genuine Motor Oil 0W-20 ·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil Change 4.2 US qt (4.0 ℓ) Change including 4.5 US qt (4.3 ℓ) filter ■ Engine Coolant Specified Ratio  Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2 50/50 with distilled water 1.77 US gal (6.7 ℓ)  (change including the remaining  0.196 US gal (0.74 ℓ) in the reserve tank) Regular Compact Spare Wheel Size Size Pressure  psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Size Pressure  psi (kPa [kgf/cm2]) Regular Compact Spare P235/45R18 94V 33 (230 [2.3]) T135/80D16 101M 60 (420 [4.2]) 18 x 8J 16 x 4T Information TOC Index 311   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 312 ページ   2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Identification Numbers QRG 2014 TSX Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle. See the image below for the VIN locations. Engine Number and Transmission Number See the image below for the locations of your vehicle’s engine number and transmission number. Vehicle Identification Number 4-cylinder models Engine Number Automatic Transmission Number Information Manual Transmission Number 6-cylinder models TOC Index 312 Engine Number Automatic Transmission Number Certification Label/ Vehicle Identification Number 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 313 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  Devices that Emit Radio Waves 2014 TSX QRG  The following products and systems on your vehicle emit radio waves when in operation. U.S. models AcuraLink Bluetooth® Audio HomeLink® Universal Transceiver Remote Transmitter Audio System Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® Immobilizer System Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) Each of the above complies with the appropriate requirements or the required standards of FCC (Federal Communications Commission) and Industry Canada Standard, described below: Information TOC Index As required by the FCC: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. This device complies with Industry Canada Standard RSS-Gen/210/310. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. 313   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 314 ページ   2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Reporting Safety Defects 2014 TSX QRG In the U.S. If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov ; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain othe r information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. Information TOC Index 314 In Canada If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada. If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc. To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may .call 1-800-333-0510. For more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety. 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 315 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  Emissions Testing QRG 2014 TSX Testing of Readiness Codes Your vehicle uses “readiness codes,” as part of its onboard self diagnostic system. Some states refer to these codes during testing to see if your vehicle’s emissions components are working properly. The codes may not be read if you go through the testing just after the battery has gone dead or been disconnected. To check if they are set, turn the ignition switch to ON (w , without starting the engine. The malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.  1Testing of Readiness Codes The readiness codes are erased when the battery is disconnected, and set again only after several days of driving under a variety of conditions. If a testing facility determines that the readiness codes are not set, you may be requested to return at a later date to complete the test. If the testing facility determines the readiness codes are still not set, see a dealer. If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready, prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following: 1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full. 2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more. Information TOC Index 3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40 °F and 95 °F (4 °C and 35 °C). 4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20 seconds. 5. Keep the vehicle in (P (automatic transmission) or (N (manual transmission). Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there until the temperature gauge rises to at least 1/4 of the scale (about 3 minutes). 6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds. Continued 315   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 316 ページ   2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Emissions Testing u Testing of Readiness Codes 2014 TSX QRG 7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in (D (automatic) or 5th (manual). Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds). 8. Drive in city/suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal or the brake pedal. 9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes. Information TOC Index 316 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 317 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  Warranty Coverages 2014 TSX QRG  ■ U.S. Owners Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties: New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and workmanship. Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems. Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for exact information. Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered for rust-through from the inside for the specified time period with no mileage limit. Information TOC Accessory Limited Warranty – Acura accessories are covered under this warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details. Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Acura replacement parts against defects in materials and workmanship. Index Continued 317   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 318 ページ   2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 uu Warranty Coverages u 2014 TSX QRG Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a replacement battery purchased from a dealer. Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle. Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Acura warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer. Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet. ■ Canadian Owners Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle. Information TOC Index 318 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 319 ページ  2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分  Authorized Manuals 2014 TSX QRG ■ For U.S. Owners: Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by phone at (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.  1Authorized Manuals For Canadian Owners: Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require. Information TOC Index 319   14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 320 ページ   2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 Client Service Information 2014 TSX QRG Acura dealer personnel are trained professionals. They should be able to answer all your questions. If you encounter a problem that your dealership does not solve to your satisfaction, please discuss it with the dealership’s service manager or general manager. If you are dissatisfied with the decision made by the dealership’s management, contact Acura Client Relations/Services. U.S. Owners: American Honda Motor Co., Inc. Acura Client Relations Mail Stop 500-2N-7E 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746 Tel: (800) 382-2238 Information TOC Index 320 Canadian Owners: Honda Canada Inc. Acura Client Services 180 Honda Boulevard Markham, ON L6C 0H9 Tel: 1-888-9-ACURA-9 Fax: 1-877-939-0909 E-Mail: [email protected] In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands: Bella International P.O. Box 190816 San Juan, PR 00919-0816 Tel: (787) 620-7546 1Client Service Information When you call or write, please give us the following information: • Vehicle Identification Number 2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) P. 312 • Date of purchase • Odometer reading of your vehicle • Your name, address, and telephone number • A detailed description of the problem • Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 321 ページ Index QRG A B C D E 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 F G Index AA ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 214 Accessories and Modifications ................ 221 Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 130 Active Head Restraints............................. 123 Additives Coolant .................................................. 242 Engine Oil ............................................... 236 Washer ................................................... 248 Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 236 Adjusting Armrest .................................................. 125 Front Seats.............................................. 117 Head Restraints....................................... 119 Headlights .............................................. 249 Mirrors.................................................... 115 Rear Seats............................................... 124 Steering Wheel ....................................... 114 Temperature ............................................. 78 Air Conditioning System (Climate Control System).................................................... 134 Changing the Mode................................ 134 Defrosting the Windshield and  Windows .............................................. 135 Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 273 Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode................... 134 Sensor .................................................... 137 Synchronized Mode ................................ 136 Using Automatic Climate Control............ 134 Air Pressure .............................. 262, 309, 311 H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 2014 TSX Airbags ........................................................ 33 Advanced Airbags ..................................... 39 Airbag Care ............................................... 47 Event Data Recorder .................................. 19 Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 36 Indicator ........................................ 44, 67, 70 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator .................. 45 Sensors...................................................... 33 Side Airbag Cutoff System ......................... 42 Side Airbag Off Indicator ........................... 46 Side Airbags .............................................. 40 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 43 AM/FM Radio ............................................ 146 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 214 Indicator .................................................... 66 Armrest ..................................................... 125 Audio System ............................................ 140 Adjusting the Sound ................................ 145 Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 142 Error Messages ........................................ 161 General Information ................................ 163 MP3/WMA/AAC ...................................... 156 Recommended CDs ................................. 164 Recommended Devices ............................ 166 Remote Controls ..................................... 144 Security Code .......................................... 142 Theft Protection....................................... 142 USB Adapter Cable .................................. 141 USB Flash Drives ...................................... 166 Authorized Manuals................................. 319 Auto Door Lock/Unlock.............................. 95 Customize........................................... 81, 83 Automatic Lighting .................................. 107 Automatic Transmission........................... 196 Creeping ................................................. 196 Fluid........................................................ 244 Kickdown................................................ 196 Operating the Shift Lever................... 13, 198 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 199 Shift Lever Does Not Move ...................... 291 Shifting ................................................... 197 Auxiliary Input Jack.................................. 142 Average Fuel Economy .............................. 78 Average Speed ........................................... 79 BB Battery ...................................................... 270 Charging System Indicator................. 65, 294 Jump Starting.......................................... 288 Maintenance (Checking the Battery)........ 270 Maintenance (Replacing) ......................... 272 Belts (Seat) .................................................. 26 Beverage Holders ..................................... 129 Bluetooth® Audio ..................................... 159 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..................... 169 Booster Seats (For Children) ...................... 59 Brake System ............................................ 212 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)................... 214 Brake Assist System ................................. 215 Fluid........................................................ 246 321 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 322 ページ Index A B C D E 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 2014 TSX QRG Foot Brake ............................................... 213 Indicator ............................................ 64, 296 Parking Brake .......................................... 212 Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) .... 110 Bulb Replacement..................................... 249 Back-Up Lights......................................... 256 Brake Light, Taillight, Rear Turn Signal Light and Rear Side Marker Lights................... 255 Fog Lights................................................ 253 Front Turn Signal/Parking/Side Marker  Lights..................................................... 254 Headlights ............................................... 249 High-Mount Brake Light .......................... 258 Rear License Plate Light............................ 257 Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator  Lights..................................................... 255 Bulb Specifications............................ 308, 310 CC Index 322 Carbon Monoxide Gas................................ 60 Carrying Cargo.................................. 185, 187 CD Player ................................................... 150 Certification Label .................................... 312 Changing Bulbs......................................... 249 Charging System Indicator ................. 65, 294 Child Safety ................................................. 48 Childproof Door Locks ............................... 95 Emergency Trunk Opener .......................... 98 Child Seat .................................................... 48 Booster Seats............................................. 59 Child Seat for Infants................................. 50 Child Seat for Small Children..................... 51 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/ Shoulder Seat Belt ................................... 55 Larger Children ......................................... 58 Rear-facing Child Seat ............................... 50 Selecting a Child Seat................................ 52 Using a Tether........................................... 57 Childproof Door Locks ............................... 95 Cleaning the Exterior ............................... 276 Cleaning the Interior................................ 274 Client Service Information ....................... 320 Climate Control System............................ 134 Changing the Mode ................................ 134 Defrosting the Windshield and  Windows............................................... 135 Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 273 Recirculation and Fresh Air Mode ............ 134 Sensors ................................................... 137 Synchronized Mode................................. 136 Using Automatic Climate Control ............ 134 Clock............................................................ 88 Clutch Fluid............................................... 247 Coat Hook................................................. 131 Compact Spare Tire .................. 281, 309, 311 Compass .................................................... 181 Console Compartment ............................. 128 Controls....................................................... 87 Coolant (Engine) ...................................... 242 Adding to the Radiator............................ 243 Adding to the Reserve Tank..................... 242 Overheating............................................ 292 Temperature Gauge .................................. 75 Creeping (Automatic Transmission)........ 196 Cruise Control .......................................... 203 Indicator ................................................... 71 Cup Holders .............................................. 129 Customized Features ................................. 80 DD Daytime Running Lights .......................... 108 Dead Battery ............................................ 288 Defrosting the Windshield and  Windows ................................................. 135 Detachable Shelf...................................... 127 Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 313 Dimming Headlights .............................................. 106 Rear View Mirror..................................... 115 Dipstick (Engine Oil) ................................ 237 Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 106 Door Mirrors............................................. 115 Doors .......................................................... 89 Auto Door Lock ........................................ 95 Auto Door Unlock ..................................... 95 Door and Trunk Open Indicator........... 25, 68 Keys.......................................................... 89 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the  Inside ................................................ 10, 93 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the  Outside ................................................... 91 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 323 ページ Index A B C D E 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 2014 TSX QRG Lockout Prevention System ....................... 92 DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 264 Driving ...................................................... 183 Automatic Transmission .......................... 196 Braking ................................................... 212 Cruise Control ........................................ 203 Shifting Gear .................................. 197, 201 Starting the Engine ................................. 193 Driving Position Memory System ............ 112 Dust and Pollen Filter .............................. 273 EE Index Elapsed Time .............................................. 79 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator ........................................... 68, 296 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............ 206 Emergency................................................ 303 Emergency Trunk Opener ......................... 98 Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ...... 315 Engine....................................................... 312 Coolant .................................................. 242 Jump Starting ......................................... 288 Oil .......................................................... 236 Starting................................................... 193 Switch Buzzer ......................................... 105 Engine Coolant ........................................ 242 Adding to the Radiator ........................... 243 Adding to the Reserve Tank .................... 242 Overheating............................................ 292 Temperature Gauge.................................. 75 Engine Oil ................................................. 236 Adding .................................................... 239 Checking ................................................. 237 Displaying Oil Life .................................... 227 Low Oil Pressure Indicator.................. 64, 294 Recommended Engine Oil........................ 236 EPS (Electric Power Steering)  System ............................................... 68, 296 Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 60 Exterior Care (Cleaning) ........................... 276 Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 115 FF Features..................................................... 139 Filters Dust and Pollen ....................................... 273 Oil ........................................................... 240 Flat Tire ..................................................... 281 Floor Mats ................................................. 275 Fluids Automatic Transmission........................... 244 Brake/Clutch............................................ 246 Engine Coolant........................................ 242 Manual Transmission ............................... 245 Windshield Washer.................................. 248 Fog Light Indicator ..................................... 70 Folding Down the Rear Seats .................. 124 Foot Brake................................................. 213 Front Airbags (SRS) ..................................... 36 Front Seats ................................................ 117 Adjusting ................................................ 117 Fuel...................................................... 14, 217 Economy ................................................. 220 Gauge....................................................... 75 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 78 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 66 Range ....................................................... 78 Recommendation .................................... 217 Refueling................................................. 217 Fuel Economy ........................................... 220 Fuel Fill Cap ........................................ 14, 219 Message.................................................. 295 Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 14, 218 Unable to Unlock .................................... 304 Fuses.......................................................... 298 Inspecting and Changing......................... 302 Locations................................................. 298 GG Gasoline (Fuel) Economy ................................................. 220 Gauge....................................................... 75 Information ............................................. 217 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 78 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 66 Refueling................................................. 217 Gauges ........................................................ 75 Gear Shift Lever Positions Automatic Transmission .......................... 197 323 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 324 ページ Index A B C D E 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 2014 TSX QRG Manual Transmission ............................... 201 Glass (care) ................................................ 277 Glove Box .................................................. 127 HH Index 324 Halogen Bulbs................................... 249, 253 Handling the Unexpected ........................ 279 HandsFreeLink® (HFL) ............................... 169 Change Language ................................... 180 Help Features........................................... 170 HFL Status Display.................................... 170 Making a Call .......................................... 175 Menus ..................................................... 171 Muting a Call........................................... 176 Phone Setup ............................................ 173 Phonebook .............................................. 177 Receiving a Call ....................................... 176 Sending Numbers or Names During a  Call........................................................ 176 Transferring a Call ................................... 176 Hazard Warning Button............................... 2 Head Restraints......................................... 119 Headlights ................................................. 106 Aiming .................................................... 249 Automatic Operation ............................... 107 Dimming ......................................... 106, 108 Operating ................................................ 106 Heated Door Mirrors ................................ 111 Heaters (Seat)............................................ 133 High-Beam Indicator .................................. 69 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver............ 167 II Identification Numbers ............................ 312 Engine and Transmission ......................... 312 Vehicle Identification ............................... 312 Ignition Switch ......................................... 105 Illumination Control................................. 110 Knob....................................................... 110 Immobilizer System .................................... 99 Indicator.................................................... 70 Indicators .................................................... 64 ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)..................... 66 Charging System ............................... 65, 294 Cruise Control................................... 71, 204 Cruise Main....................................... 71, 203 Door and Trunk Open ......................... 25, 68 EPS (Electric Power Steering) System.. 68, 296 Fog Light................................................... 70 High-Beam ................................................ 69 Immobilizer System ................................... 70 Lights On .................................................. 69 Low Fuel ................................................... 66 Low Oil Pressure................................ 64, 294 Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 68, 208, 210 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 227 Malfunction Indicator Lamp............... 65, 295 Parking Brake and Brake System................ 64 Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 27, 66 Security System Alarm ............................... 71 Side Airbag Off ................................... 46, 70 Supplemental Restraint System ........... 44, 67 System Message ....................................... 69 Transmission ............................................. 65 Turn Signal ............................................... 69 VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist)  System ............................................ 67, 206 VSA® OFF.......................................... 67, 207 Information .............................................. 307 Information Buttons .................................. 76 Instant Fuel Economy ................................ 78 Instrument Panel........................................ 63 Brightness Control .................................. 110 Interior Lights........................................... 126 Interior Rearview Mirror ......................... 115 JJ Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 284 Jump Starting........................................... 288 KK Key Number Tag ........................................ Keyless Lockout Prevention....................... Keys............................................................. Lockout Prevention ................................... Number Tag.............................................. Rear Door Won’t Open ............................. Remote Transmitter .................................. Retractable Master Keys............................ 90 92 89 92 90 95 91 89 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 325 ページ Index A B C D E 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 2014 TSX QRG Index Types and Functions.................................. 89 Valet Key .................................................. 90 Won’t Turn ............................................... 17 Kickdown (Automatic Transmission) ...... 196 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 64, 294 Lower Anchors............................................ 53 Lubricant Specifications Chart ......... 309, 311 Luggage (Maximum Load Limit) ............. 187 LL MM Language (HFL) ........................................ 180 LATCH (Child Seats) ................................... 53 Lights ................................................ 106, 249 Automatic............................................... 107 Bulb Replacement ................................... 249 Daytime Running Lights .......................... 108 Fog Lights ............................................... 108 High-Beam Indicator ................................. 69 Interior.................................................... 126 Light Switches......................................... 106 Lights On Indicator.................................... 69 Turn Signals ............................................ 106 Load Limits ............................................... 187 Locking/Unlocking ..................................... 89 Auto Door Lock/Unlock............................. 95 Childproof Door Locks .............................. 95 From Inside ............................................... 93 From Outside ............................................ 91 Keys.......................................................... 89 Lockout Prevention System ....................... 92 Using a Key............................................... 92 Lockout Prevention System ....................... 92 Low Battery Charge ................................. 294 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 66 Maintenance............................................. 223 Battery .................................................... 270 Brake/Clutch Fluid ................................... 246 Cleaning.................................................. 274 Climate Control ....................................... 273 Coolant ................................................... 242 Maintenance MinderTM ............................ 227 Oil ........................................................... 237 Precautions.............................................. 224 Radiator .................................................. 243 Remote Transmitter ................................. 272 Replacing Light Bulbs............................... 249 Safety ...................................................... 225 Service Items ........................................... 229 Tires ........................................................ 261 Transmission Fluid ................................... 244 Under the Hood ...................................... 231 Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............. 65, 295 Manual Transmission................................ 201 Map Lights ................................................ 126 Maximum Load Limit ............................... 187 Meters, Gauges ........................................... 75 Mirrors....................................................... 115 Adjusting................................................. 115 Automatic Dimming ................................ 115 Door ....................................................... 115 Exterior ................................................... 115 Interior Rearview ..................................... 115 Modifications (and Accessories) .............. 221 Moonroof ................................................. 104 MP3 ................................................... 150, 156 Multi-Information Display ......................... 76 NN Numbers (Identification).......................... 312 OO Odometer ................................................... 77 Oil (Engine)............................................... 236 Adding.................................................... 239 Checking................................................. 237 Displaying Oil Life.................................... 227 Low Oil Pressure Indicator ................. 64, 294 Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 236 Viscosity .................................................. 236 Opening/Closing Hood....................................................... 233 Moonroof ............................................... 104 Power Windows ...................................... 101 Trunk ........................................................ 96 Overheating.............................................. 292 325 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 326 ページ Index A B C D E 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 2014 TSX QRG PP Q Paddle Shifters (Sequential Shift  Mode) ................................................ 13, 200 Panic Mode ............................................... 100 Parking ...................................................... 216 Parking Brake............................................ 212 Parking Brake and Brake System  Indicator ............................................ 64, 296 Passenger Airbag Off Indicator ................. 45 Passing Indicators ..................................... 106 Power Windows........................................ 101 Precautions While Driving........................ 195 Rain......................................................... 195 Pregnant Women ....................................... 31 Puncture (Tire) .......................................... 281 RR Index 326 Radiator..................................................... 243 Radio (AM/FM).......................................... 146 Radio Data System (RDS).......................... 147 Range .......................................................... 78 RDS (Radio Data System).......................... 147 Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing) ....... 315 Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror  Button...................................................... 111 Rear Seats (Folding Down)....................... 124 Rearview Mirror (Automatic Dimming) .. 115 Refueling................................................... 217 Fuel Gauge ............................................ 8, 75 Gasoline.................................. 217, 308, 310 Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 66 Regulations............................... 210, 264, 313 Remote Transmitter ................................... 91 Replacement Battery .................................................... 272 Bulbs....................................................... 249 Fuses....................................................... 298 Tires ........................................................ 267 Wiper Blade Rubber ................................ 259 Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 314 Resetting a Trip Meter ............................... 77 Retractable Master Keys ............................ 89 Reverse Tilt Mirror.................................... 116 SS Safe Driving ................................................ 21 Safety Check ............................................... 25 Safety Labels............................................... 61 Safety Message........................................... 20 Seat Belts .................................................... 26 Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor.................. 30 Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners ................. 28 Checking................................................... 32 Fastening .................................................. 29 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/ Shoulder Seat Belt ................................... 55 Pregnant Women ...................................... 31 Reminder .................................................. 27 Warning Indicator ............................... 27, 66 Seat Heaters ............................................. 133 Seats.......................................................... 117 Adjusting ................................................ 117 Driver’s Seat Lumbar Support .................. 121 Front Seats.............................................. 117 Rear Seats............................................... 124 Seat Heaters ........................................... 133 Security System .......................................... 99 Immobilizer System Indicator..................... 70 Security System Alarm Indicator ................ 71 SEL/RESET Knob.......................................... 76 Select Lever ................................ 13, 197, 201 Operation ................................. 13, 198, 201 Releasing ................................................ 291 Won’t Move ........................................... 291 Selecting a Child Seat ................................ 52 Selector Knob (Audio) ............................. 143 Sequential Shift Mode............................. 199 Setting the Clock........................................ 88 Shift Lever .................................. 13, 197, 201 Shift Position Indicator ............................ 198 Shifting (Transmission) .................... 197, 201 Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 30 Side Airbags ............................................... 40 Cutoff System........................................... 42 Off Indicator ............................................. 42 Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 43 Snow Tires ................................................ 269 Spare Tire ................................. 281, 309, 311 Spark Plugs ....................................... 308, 310 Specifications ........................................... 308 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 327 ページ Index A B C D E 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 2014 TSX QRG Specified Fuel ........................... 217, 308, 310 Speedometer.............................................. 75 SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 36 Starting the Engine.................................. 193 Does Not Start ........................................ 287 Engine Switch Buzzer.............................. 105 Jump Starting ......................................... 288 Steering Wheel ........................................ 114 Adjusting ................................................ 114 Stopping ................................................... 216 Sunglasses Holder .................................... 132 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 36 Switches (Around the Steering  Wheel) ............................................ 2, 3, 105 SYNC Mode .............................................. 136 System Message Indicator ......................... 69 TT Index Tachometer ................................................ 75 Temperature .............................................. 78 Gauge ........................................................ 8 Outside Temperature Display .................... 78 Temperature Sensor ................................ 137 Tie-down Anchor ..................................... 131 Time (Setting)............................................. 88 Tire Pressure Monitoring System  (TPMS)..................................................... 208 Indicator ........................................... 68, 297 Tires .......................................................... 261 Air Pressure............................. 262, 309, 311 Checking and Maintaining....................... 261 Inspection................................................ 261 Labeling .................................................. 262 Puncture (Flat Tire)................................... 281 Regulations ............................................. 264 Rotation .................................................. 268 Spare Tire ................................ 281, 309, 311 Tire Chains .............................................. 269 Wear Indicators ....................................... 266 Winter ..................................................... 269 Tools .......................................................... 280 Towing a Trailer ....................................... 189 Equipment and Accessories ..................... 190 Load Limits .............................................. 189 Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 192 Emergency .............................................. 303 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring  System) .................................................... 208 Indicator ............................................ 68, 297 Transmission ..................................... 197, 201 Automatic ............................................... 197 Fluid ................................................ 244, 245 Manual.................................................... 201 Number ................................................... 312 Sequential Shift Mode ............................. 199 Shift Position Indicator ....................... 13, 198 Trip Meter ................................................... 77 Trip/Reset Switch ........................................ 77 Troubleshooting ....................................... 279 Blown Fuse .............................................. 298 Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 17 Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 18 Emergency Towing.................................. 303 Engine Won’t Start.................................. 287 Noise When Braking.................................. 18 Overheating ............................................ 292 Premium Gasoline ................... 217, 308, 310 Puncture/Flat Tire .................................... 281 Rear Door Won’t Open........................ 17, 95 Select Lever Won’t Move......................... 291 Warning Indicators .................................... 64 Trunk........................................................... 96 Lid............................................................. 96 Light Bulb........................................ 308, 310 Main Switch .............................................. 98 Unable to Open....................................... 305 Turn Signals .............................................. 106 Indicators (Instrument Panel) ..................... 69 UU Unlocking the Doors .................................. 91 Unlocking the Front Doors from the  Inside ......................................................... 10 USB Adapter Cable........................... 140, 141 USB Flash Drives ....................................... 166 VV Valet Key..................................................... 90 Vanity Mirrors............................................... 5 Vehicle Identification Number ................ 312 327 14 ACURA TSX 4D-31TL16500.book 328 ページ Index A B C D E 2013年6月17日 月曜日 午前9時40分 F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z 2014 TSX QRG Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®) .................. 206 Off Button ............................................... 207 Off Indicator .............................................. 67 System Indicator ........................................ 67 Ventilation ................................................ 134 Viscosity (Oil)............................. 236, 309, 311 VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist) .................. 206 Wipers and Washers................................. 109 Checking and Replacing Wiper Blades ..... 259 WMA ................................................. 150, 156 Worn Tires ................................................ 261 XX Y Z XM® Radio ................................................ 148 W W Index 328 Warning and Information Messages ......... 72 Warning Indicator On/Blinking................ 294 Warning Labels ........................................... 61 Warranties (Warranty Manual provided separately)............................................... 317 Watts ................................................. 308, 310 Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 266 Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)............ 284 Window Washers...................................... 109 Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 248 Switch ..................................................... 109 Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 101 Windshield ................................................ 109 Cleaning.................................................. 277 Defrosting/Defogging .............................. 135 Washer Fluid............................................ 248 Wiper Blades ........................................... 259 Wipers and Washers ................................ 109 Winter Tires............................................... 269 Snow Tires............................................... 269 Tire Chains .............................................. 269